WO2021232852A1 - Method and apparatus for terminal to access network - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for terminal to access network Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021232852A1
WO2021232852A1 PCT/CN2021/074698 CN2021074698W WO2021232852A1 WO 2021232852 A1 WO2021232852 A1 WO 2021232852A1 CN 2021074698 W CN2021074698 W CN 2021074698W WO 2021232852 A1 WO2021232852 A1 WO 2021232852A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
access
network
request message
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/074698
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
杨晨晨
晋英豪
谭巍
韩锋
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021232852A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021232852A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/18Management of setup rejection or failure
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/19Connection re-establishment

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a method and device for a terminal to access a network.
  • NPN non-public networks
  • 3GPP defines two NPN deployment modes: stand-alone non-public networks (SNPN) with independent networking, and public network integrated NPN (INPN) with non-independent networking.
  • SNPN stand-alone non-public networks
  • IPN public network integrated NPN
  • PNI-NPN public network integrated NPN
  • the independent networking NPN is marked as SNPN
  • PNI-NPN public network integrated NPN
  • the public network integrated NPN is generally identified by the public land mobile network (PLMN) identity (ID) and the closed access group (CAG) ID. logo.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • ID public land mobile network
  • CAG closed access group
  • logo When the terminal accesses the PNI-NPN network, it will report the PLMN ID corresponding to the network that the terminal has selected in the initial radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) setup complete (RRC setup complete) message, which is selected PLMN ID, but does not report the CAG ID that the terminal selects to access. Therefore, under the architecture that the access network equipment is a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU), DU and CU They cannot perceive the CAG ID that the terminal selects to access, that is, they cannot perceive the PNI-NPN that the terminal accesses.
  • CU centralized unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • the CU-DU separation architecture can support DU sharing: a DU is connected to a physical CU, and a physical CU can be logically divided into multiple logical CUs, one of which corresponds to a physical cell, and each logical CU corresponds to a logical Cell, so the same physical cell can correspond to multiple logical cells, that is, multiple logical CUs share one DU.
  • different logical cells can be configured with different networks, but these different networks can be configured with the same PLMN ID. This will cause a problem: Although the PLMN ID of the logical cell that the DU accesses for the terminal is the same as the PLMN ID that the terminal selects to access, the network where the DU is the logical cell that the terminal accesses may not support terminal access.
  • the network that the terminal selects to access is based on the non-public network identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#1, and the logical cell that DU is the terminal access is based on the public network identified by PLMN ID#1; another example is the terminal selection
  • the accessed network is based on the non-public network 1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#1, and the logical cell that DU is the terminal access is based on the non-public network 2 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#2.
  • the access and mobility management function AMF
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for a terminal to access a network, which are used to save air interface signaling overhead and reduce the time delay for the terminal to access the network.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including: a first distributed unit DU sends a first request message to a selected first centralized unit CU, wherein the first request message is used Requesting the terminal to access the first CU; the first DU receives a first response message from the first CU, where the first response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, so The first response message carries auxiliary information, and the auxiliary information is used to assist the first DU to reselect a CU; the first DU reselects a second CU according to the auxiliary information to pass the terminal through the The second CU is connected to the network.
  • the network side may not directly reject the terminal access, but may use the first CU to return auxiliary information to assist the first DU to reselect the second CU to continue.
  • the access process can avoid the problem that the network side directly denies the terminal access and the terminal needs to perform cell selection and random access procedures again, which can save air interface signaling overhead and reduce the time delay for the terminal to access the network.
  • the first DU sends a second request message to the second CU, where the second request message is used to request the terminal to access the second CU.
  • the auxiliary information includes one or more of the following information: a public land mobile network identity PLMN ID; a closed access group identity CAG ID; a closed access group CAG list of the terminal that is allowed to access; Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
  • the first DU can help the first DU to quickly determine the second CU, reduce the probability that the first DU selects the CU by mistake, and further reduce the delay of the terminal accessing the network.
  • the second request message includes one or more of the following information: CU reselection information of the first DU; the CAG ID; the PLMN ID; the CAG list; the Indication of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
  • the first CU can learn that the first DU has performed CU reselection, which improves the efficiency of the network to perform admission control on the terminal, and further reduces the time delay for the terminal to access the network.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including: the access and mobility management function AMF receives a third request message from a first CU, where the third request message is used to request that the terminal Access the AMF; the AMF judges that the first CU does not support the terminal access according to the subscription information of the terminal, the AMF sends a third response message to the first CU, the third response A message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, the third response message carries auxiliary information, and the auxiliary information is used to assist the first DU in selecting a CU.
  • the AMF may not directly reject the terminal access, but may use the first CU to return auxiliary information to assist the first DU to reselect the CU such as the second CU.
  • Continuing the access process can avoid the problem that the AMF directly rejects the terminal access and the terminal needs to perform cell selection and random access procedures again, which can save air interface signaling overhead and reduce the time delay for the terminal to access the network.
  • the third request message includes indication information for indicating whether the access network RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture; the AMF sending a third response message to the first CU includes: After determining that the RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture according to the indication information, the AMF sends a third response message to the first CU.
  • the AMF instructs the first DU to reselect a CU after determining that the RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture (that is, the first DU has the possibility of selecting other CUs), which improves the reliability of the solution.
  • the third request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU;
  • the AMF sending a third response message to the first CU includes: the AMF according to the CU reselection information After determining that the first DU has not performed CU reselection, or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU does not exceed a preset value, or there are unselected CUs among the CUs connected to the first DU, Send a third response message to the first CU.
  • the AMF determines that the first DU has not performed CU reselection, or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU does not exceed the preset value, or there are unselected CUs among the CUs connected to the first DU. , The first DU is instructed to reselect the CU to ensure that the first DU can select other CUs, which further improves the reliability of the solution.
  • the third response message includes one or more of the following information: public land mobile network identification PLMN ID; closed access group identification CAG ID; closed access group CAG that the terminal is allowed to access List; information indicating whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
  • the first DU can help the first DU to quickly determine the second CU, reduce the probability that the first DU selects the CU by mistake, and further reduce the delay of the terminal accessing the network.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including: a first CU receives a first request message from a first DU, where the first request message is used to request the terminal to access the The first CU; the first CU sends a third request message to the AMF, where the third request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF; the first CU receives the third response message from the AMF , Wherein the third response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, the third response message carries auxiliary information, and the auxiliary information is used to assist the first DU in reselecting a CU; A CU sends a first response message to the first DU, where the first response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, and the first response message carries the auxiliary information.
  • the auxiliary information includes one or more of the following information: a public land mobile network identity PLMN ID; a closed access group identity CAG ID; a closed access group CAG list of the terminal that is allowed to access; Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
  • the third request message includes indication information used to indicate whether the access network RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture.
  • the third request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including:
  • the second CU receives a second request message from the first DU, where the second request message is used to request the terminal to access the second CU; the second CU sends a fourth request message to the AMF, where The fourth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF; the second CU receives an initial context establishment request message from the AMF; the second CU according to the initial context establishment request message is The terminal establishes a context.
  • the second request message and/or the fourth request message include: CU reselection information of the first DU.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including:
  • the first DU determines that the public-network-converged non-public network PNI-NPN network configured on the selected first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access;
  • the first DU sends a sixth request message to the first CU, which is used to instruct the first CU to release the context configured for the terminal, and the first DU selects a second CU, and sends a message to the first CU.
  • the second CU sends a seventh request message, where the seventh request message is used to request the terminal to access the second CU.
  • the first DU when the first DU senses that the selected first CU does not support terminal access, it may not directly reject the terminal access, but inform the first CU to release the context of the terminal to support the reselection of the CU and continue to connect the terminal.
  • Access to the network can prevent the AMF from directly denying the terminal access, which causes the terminal to retry (cell selection and random access process issues, which can save air interface signaling overhead and reduce the time delay for the terminal to access the network.
  • the sixth request message includes a cause value, and the cause value is used to indicate that the first CU needs to release the context configured for the terminal because it does not support the PNI-NPN network requested by the terminal.
  • the cause value includes one or more of the following information: the first CU does not support the closed access group identification CAG ID requested by the terminal; the first CU does not support the non-public information requested by the terminal Network NPN; the first CU does not support the public network convergence non-public network PNI-NPN requested by the terminal; the CAG ID requested by the terminal is invalid; the NPN requested by the terminal is invalid; the PNI requested by the terminal NPN is invalid.
  • the seventh request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU.
  • the subsequent AMF determines that the second CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, it can determine whether it is necessary to instruct the first DU to continue reselecting the CU.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including: a second CU receives a seventh request message from a first DU, where the seventh request message is used to request that the terminal access The second CU; the second CU sends a ninth request message to the AMF, where the ninth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF; the second CU receives the AMF
  • the initial context establishment request message is used to establish a context for the terminal according to the initial context establishment request message.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including: an AMF receives a ninth request message from a second CU, where the ninth request message is used to request that the terminal access the AMF; the AMF determines that the second CU supports the terminal access, and sends an initial context establishment request message to the second CU.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including:
  • the first CU receives a sixth request message from the first DU, where the sixth request message is used to instruct the first CU to release the context configured for the terminal;
  • the first CU releases the context of the terminal in response to the sixth request message.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including:
  • the first DU determines that the public-network-converged non-public network PNI-NPN network on the selected first CU configuration does not support the network that the terminal requests to access;
  • the first DU receives a fifth response message from the first CU, where the fifth response message is used to instruct the terminal to access the first DU or another network configured on the first CU.
  • the first DU when the first DU senses that the selected first CU does not support terminal access, it may not directly reject the terminal access, but instruct the CU to continue sending requests to the AMF, as long as the first CU or the first DU Any one of the supported networks is supported by the terminal, and the AMF can allow the terminal's access. It can avoid the problem that the AMF directly refuses the terminal access and the terminal needs to perform cell selection and random access procedures again, which can save air interface signaling overhead and reduce the time delay for the terminal to access the network.
  • the fifth request message includes indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that although the first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, the first CU still needs to notify the AMF Send a request for access message.
  • the AMF determines that the first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, it can connect the terminal or make the terminal online contract or make the terminal access the first DU or the first DU through third-party authentication.
  • Other networks configured on the CU improve the efficiency of the terminal's access to the network.
  • the fifth request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU.
  • the first CU can pass the CU reselection information of the first DU to the AMF, so that after the AMF determines that the first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, it is based on the CU reselection of the first DU.
  • the selection information determines whether the first DU needs to be instructed to reselect the CU, which further improves the reliability of the solution.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including: a first CU receives a fifth request message from a first DU, where the fifth request message is that the first DU determines the Generated when the public-network-converged non-public network PNI-NPN network configured on the first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, the fifth request message is used to request the first CU to send access to the AMF Request message; the first CU sends an eighth request message to the AMF, where the eighth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF.
  • the fifth request message includes indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that although the first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, the first CU still needs to notify the AMF Send a request for access message.
  • the fifth request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including: an AMF receives an eighth request message from a first CU, where the eighth request message is used to request that the terminal access the network.
  • the AMF wherein the eighth request message is generated by the first CU when the PNI-NPN network configured on the first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access; the AMF determines that the first DU or Whether other networks configured on the first CU support terminal access, and if so, the terminal is connected to the other networks.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a device for wireless access to a network.
  • the device may be a DU or a device on the DU.
  • the device includes a device for performing the first aspect or any one of the first aspects.
  • the device includes:
  • a sending module configured to send a first request message to the selected first CU, where the first request message is used to request the terminal to access the first CU;
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a first response message from the first CU, where the first response message is used to instruct the device to reselect a CU, and the first response message carries auxiliary information, the auxiliary information Used to assist the device to reselect CU;
  • the processing module is configured to select a second CU according to the auxiliary information, so as to connect the terminal to the network through the second CU.
  • the sending module is further configured to send a second request message to the second CU, where the second request message is used to request the terminal to access the second CU.
  • the auxiliary information includes one or more of the following information:
  • PLMN ID Public land mobile network identification
  • the second request message includes one or more of the following information:
  • the PLMN ID The PLMN ID
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a core network device.
  • the device may be an AMF or a device on the AMF.
  • the device includes a possible design for implementing the second aspect or any of the second aspects. Module of the method described in.
  • the device includes:
  • a receiving module configured to receive a third request message from the first CU, where the third request message is used to request the terminal to access the device;
  • a processing module configured to determine, according to the subscription information of the terminal, that the first CU does not support the terminal access
  • the sending module is configured to send a third response message to the first CU, where the third response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, and the third response message carries auxiliary information, the auxiliary information Used to assist the first DU to reselect a CU.
  • the third request message includes indication information used to indicate whether the access network RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture
  • the processing module is further configured to determine whether the RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture according to the indication information;
  • the sending module is configured to send a third response message to the first CU after the processing module determines that the RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture.
  • the third request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU;
  • the processing module is further configured to determine, according to the CU reselection information, whether the first DU has performed CU reselection, or whether the first DU has performed CU reselection times and does not exceed a preset value, or Whether there is an unselected CU among the CUs connected to the first DU;
  • the sending module is configured to: the processing module determines that the first DU has not performed CU reselection, or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU does not exceed a preset value, or the first DU After there is an unselected CU among the connected CUs, a third response message is sent to the first CU.
  • the third response message includes one or more of the following information:
  • PLMN ID Public land mobile network identification
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a device for wireless access to a network.
  • the device may be a CU or a device on the CU.
  • the device includes a device for executing the third aspect or any one of the third aspects.
  • the device includes:
  • a receiving module configured to receive a first request message from a first DU, where the first request message is used to request a terminal to access the device;
  • a sending module configured to send a third request message to the AMF, where the third request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a third response message from the AMF, where the third response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, and the third response message carries auxiliary information, so The auxiliary information is used to assist the first DU to reselect a CU;
  • the sending module is further configured to send a first response message to the first DU, where the first response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, and the first response message carries the auxiliary information.
  • the auxiliary information includes one or more of the following information: a public land mobile network identity PLMN ID; a closed access group identity CAG ID; a closed access group CAG list of the terminal that is allowed to access; Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
  • the third request message includes indication information used to indicate whether the access network RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture.
  • the third request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a device for wireless access to a network.
  • the device may be a CU or a device on the CU.
  • the device includes a device for performing any of the foregoing fourth aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • the device includes:
  • a receiving module configured to receive a second request message from the first DU, where the second request message is used to request the terminal to access the device;
  • a sending module configured to send a fourth request message to the AMF, where the fourth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive an initial context establishment request message from the AMF;
  • the processing module is configured to establish a context for the terminal according to the initial context establishment request message.
  • the second request message and/or the fourth request message include: CU reselection information of the first DU.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a device for wireless access to a network.
  • the device may be a DU or a device on the DU.
  • the device includes a device for performing any one of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect above.
  • the module of the method described in the design is not limited to a sixteenth aspect.
  • the device includes:
  • a processing module configured to determine that the public-network-converged non-public network PNI-NPN network on the selected first CU configuration does not support the network that the terminal requests to access;
  • a sending module configured to send a sixth request message to the first CU, used to instruct the first CU to release the context configured for the terminal;
  • the processing module is also used to select a second CU
  • the sending module is further configured to send a seventh request message to the second CU, where the seventh request message is used to request the terminal to access the second CU.
  • the sixth request message includes a cause value, and the cause value is used to indicate that the first CU needs to release the context configured for the terminal because it does not support the PNI-NPN network requested by the terminal.
  • the cause value includes one or more of the following information: the first CU does not support the closed access group identification CAG ID requested by the terminal; the first CU does not support the non-public information requested by the terminal Network NPN; the first CU does not support the public network convergence non-public network PNI-NPN requested by the terminal; the CAG ID requested by the terminal is invalid; the NPN requested by the terminal is invalid; the PNI requested by the terminal NPN is invalid.
  • the seventh request message includes CU reselection information of the device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a device for wireless access to a network.
  • the device may be a CU or a device on the CU.
  • the device includes a module for executing the method described in the sixth aspect.
  • the device includes:
  • a receiving module configured to receive a seventh request message from the first DU, where the seventh request message is used to request the terminal to access the device;
  • a sending module configured to send a ninth request message to the AMF, where the ninth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive an initial context establishment request message from the AMF;
  • the processing module is configured to establish a context for the terminal according to the initial context establishment request message.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a core network device.
  • the device may be an AMF or a device on the AMF.
  • the device includes a module for executing the method in the seventh aspect.
  • the device includes:
  • a receiving module configured to receive a ninth request message from a second CU, where the ninth request message is used to request the terminal to access the device;
  • the sending module is configured to send an initial context establishment request message to the second CU when the second CU supports the terminal access.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a device for wireless access to a network.
  • the device may be a CU or a device on the CU.
  • the device includes a module for executing the method in the eighth aspect.
  • the device includes:
  • a receiving module configured to receive a sixth request message from the first DU, where the sixth request message is used to instruct the first CU to release the context configured for the terminal;
  • the processing module is configured to release the context of the terminal in response to the sixth request message.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a device for wireless access to a network.
  • the device may be a first DU, or a device on the first DU, and the device includes methods for performing the method described in the ninth aspect. Module.
  • the device includes:
  • a processing module configured to determine that the public-network-converged non-public network PNI-NPN network configured on the selected first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access;
  • a sending module configured to send a fifth request message to the first CU, where the fifth request message is used to request the first CU to send an access request message to the AMF;
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a fifth response message from the first CU, where the fifth response message is used to instruct the terminal to access the device or another network configured on the first CU.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a device for wireless access to a network.
  • the device may be a first CU or a device on the first CU.
  • the device includes a device for performing the tenth aspect or the tenth aspect. Any one of the possible designs of the method described in the aspect.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a fifth request message from the first DU, where the fifth request message is that the first DU determines that the public network converged non-public network PNI-NPN network configured on the first CU is not Generated when supporting the network that the terminal requests to access, the fifth request message is used to request the device to send an access request message to the AMF;
  • the sending module is configured to send an eighth request message to the AMF, where the eighth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF.
  • the fifth request message includes indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that although the device does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, the device still needs to send a request for access to the AMF information.
  • the fifth request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a core network device.
  • the device may be an AMF or a device on the AMF.
  • the device includes a module for executing the method described in the eleventh aspect.
  • the device includes:
  • the receiving module is configured to receive an eighth request message from the first CU, where the eighth request message is used to request the terminal to access the device, and the eighth request message is for the first CU Generated by the first CU when the configured PNI-NPN network does not support the network that the terminal requests to access;
  • the processing module is used to determine whether the first DU or other network configured on the first CU supports terminal access, and if it does, connect the terminal to the other network.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, and the device includes:
  • At least one processor and,
  • the memory stores instructions that can be executed by the at least one processor, and the at least one processor executes any one of the first aspect to the eleventh aspect, by executing the instructions stored in the memory, Or the method described in any one of the optional implementation manners of the first aspect to the eleventh aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including a program or instruction, when the program or instruction runs on a computer, any aspect of the first aspect to the eleventh aspect , Or the method described in any one of the optional implementation manners of the first aspect to the eleventh aspect is executed.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, which when running on a computer, makes any one of the first aspect to the eleventh aspect, or the first aspect to the eleventh aspect The method described in any one of the optional implementations is executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, which is coupled with a memory, and is configured to read and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement any one of the first aspect to the eleventh aspect Aspect, or the method described in an optional implementation of any one of the first aspect to the eleventh aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including:
  • the device described in the twentieth aspect the device described in the twenty-first aspect, and the device described in the twenty-second aspect.
  • Figure 1A is a schematic diagram of independent networking NPN and non-independent networking NPN;
  • Figure 1B is a schematic diagram of different logical CUs configured with different networks
  • FIG. 1C is a schematic diagram of the format of the network identification NID
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the initial access process when the UE accesses the PNI-NPN network
  • FIG. 3A is a schematic structural diagram of a possible communication system to which an embodiment of this application is applicable;
  • Figure 3B is a schematic diagram of the first DU being shared by a physical entity
  • Figure 3C is a schematic diagram of the first DU being shared by logical entities
  • 4A is a flowchart of a method for a terminal to access a network according to an embodiment of the application
  • 4B is a flowchart of a method for a terminal to access a network according to an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of another method for a terminal to access a network according to an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of another method for a terminal to access a network according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless access network device 700 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a core network device 800 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless access network device 900 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus 1000 for wireless access to a network provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless access network device 1100 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus 1200 for wireless access to a network provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a core network device 1300 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless access network device 1400 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus 1500 for wireless access to a network provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus 1600 for wireless access to a network provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a core network device 1700 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1800 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 1A is a schematic diagram of an independent networking NPN and a non-independent networking NPN provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • SNPN and PLMN have independent core networks, and SNPN can have independent radio access networks (RAN), or can share RAN with PLMN.
  • RAN radio access networks
  • a SNPN network is identified by the PLMN ID and the network identifier (NID), where the mobile country code (MCC) part of the PLMN ID is a specific value or the mobile operator deploying the SNPN PLMN ID; NID can be allocated globally or locally.
  • NID network identifier
  • MCC mobile country code
  • the cell of an SNPN next generation radio access network (NG-RAN) node can broadcast one or more of the following parameters: one or more PLMN IDs and a list of NIDs corresponding to each PLMN ID , Human-readable network name (HRMN) to support the user's manual network selection and instructions to prohibit other terminals that do not support SNPN from accessing.
  • NG-RAN next generation radio access network
  • the NPN and the PLMN share the core network and/or access network.
  • the NPN depends on the PLMN for deployment, and the PLMN ID can be used to identify the PNI-NPN network.
  • the NPN may be a specific slice in the PLMN, and the terminal has subscription data of the PLMN. According to the agreement between the mobile operator and the NPN service provider, the NPN may only be deployed in certain tracking areas (TAs). When the terminal moves out of this range, the network may indicate that the terminal cannot continue to use the current slice resources in the new registration area.
  • TAs tracking areas
  • a CAG represents a group of people that can access a CAG cell (PNI-NPN cell). user. It can be represented by a CAG ID, which is unique in a PLMN.
  • the PNI-NPN network can be deployed with the support of the public network.
  • the PNI-NPN cell must not only broadcast the cell identifier, but also broadcast the closed access group identifier (CAG ID)
  • CAG ID is used to identify a group of users who are allowed to access one or more cells associated with the CAG, and prevent terminals that are not allowed to access the PNI-NPN through the cell associated with the CAG to automatically select and access the cell.
  • a PNI-NPN cell can broadcast one or more CAG identifiers; it can also broadcast the HRNN corresponding to the CAG identifier for the user to manually select.
  • the embodiment of this application regards both the PLMN ID and the CAG ID as the network identification information of the PNI-NPN network.
  • FIG. 1A four user equipment (UE) that respectively support different network types are shown, namely UE1, UE2, UE3, and UE4.
  • UE1 supports both public network PLMN A and non-public network CAG X deployed based on public network PLMN A;
  • UE2 only supports non-public network CAG X deployed based on public network PLMN A;
  • UE3 only supports public network PLMN A;
  • UE4 only Support independent deployment of non-public network SNPN.
  • the PNI-NPN cell will broadcast in the system information the network identification information of the PNI-NPN it supports (such as PLMN ID(s) and CAG ID(s), which may also include HRNN(s)), the terminal locally stores the network information of the PNI-NPN it subscribes to (such as PLMN ID(s) and CAG ID(s), and may also include HRNN(s)), and the terminal receives the cell broadcast
  • the network identification information of the PNI-NPN broadcast by the cell is compared with the network information of the PNI-NPN subscribed to by the local storage. If there is a PNI-NPN that is allowed to be accessed, the terminal can access the corresponding cell.
  • the AMF will also store the terminal's subscription information (for example, it will store the terminal's allowed CAG List (allowed CAG List)), and the AMF performs processes such as user admission control based on the stored terminal's subscription information.
  • one DU can be connected to multiple CUs.
  • the multiple CUs connected to one DU are multiple logically divided CUs.
  • the multiple CUs may correspond to the same physical CU (or entity CU).
  • the following is an example of how the network configures different networks for different logical CUs.
  • the CU connected to the DU includes two logical CUs, namely CU#A and CU#B, where CU#A and CU#B are configured with different networks.
  • CU#A supports the public network identified by PLMN ID#1, and CU#B supports PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#1.
  • CU#B supports PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#1;
  • CU#B supports PNI-NPN#2 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#2.
  • CU#A supports the public network identified by PLMN ID#1, and CU#B supports PNI-NPN#3 identified by PLMN ID#2 and CAG ID#1.
  • CU#B supports PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#1; CU#B supports PNI-NPN#4 identified by PLMN ID#2 and CAG ID#2.
  • CU#B supports PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#1; CU#B supports PNI-NPN#3 identified by PLMN ID#2 and CAG ID#1.
  • the network type on which the logical CU is configured is not limited to PNI-NPN and public network, for example, it can also be SNPN.
  • the network type on which the logical CU is configured is not limited to PNI-NPN and public network, for example, it can also be SNPN.
  • the logical CU configured with SNPN it needs to be identified by PLMN ID and NID.
  • CU#A supports the public network identified by PLMN ID#1, and CU#B supports SNPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and NID#1.
  • CU#B supports SNPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and NID#1;
  • CU#B supports SNPN#2 identified by PLMN ID#1 and NID#2.
  • CU#A supports the public network identified by PLMN ID#1, and
  • CU#B supports SNPN#3 identified by PLMN ID#2 and NID#1.
  • CU#B supports SNPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and NID#1;
  • CU#B supports SNPN#4 identified by PLMN ID#2 and NID#2.
  • CU#B supports SNPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and NID#1;
  • CU#B supports SNPN#3 identified by PLMN ID#2 and NID#1.
  • the public network is identified by PLMN ID
  • PNI-NPN is jointly identified by PLMN ID and CAG ID
  • SNPN is jointly identified by PLMN and NID.
  • Different types of networks must belong to different networks. Networks of the same type only need the ID of the network identification. Inconsistent values are different networks.
  • the CAG ID is generally a fixed-length 32-bit value.
  • MCC mobile country code
  • MNC mobile network code
  • NID includes an assignment mode (assignment mode) and a NID value (NID value), as shown in Figure 1C.
  • the DU can broadcast the system information block (SIB) 1, and the physical cell identifier (PCI) can be used in the SIB1 to identify a physical cell corresponding to the DU.
  • SIB system information block
  • PCI physical cell identifier
  • a cell can correspond to several logical cells, one logical cell corresponds to one logical CU connected to the DU, and each logical cell is identified by a cell identity (cell identity).
  • cell identity cell identity
  • the logical CU#A and logical CU#B connected to the DU correspond to logical cells identified by different cell identities.
  • 3GPP R16 stipulates that each logical cell only supports one of the public network, PNI-NPN or SNPN network type, but in 3GPP R17, a shared logical cell will be introduced, that is, a logical cell can support the public network and PNI-NPN at the same time And multiple network types in SNPN.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the initial access process when the UE accesses the PNI-NPN network, as shown in Figure 2, including:
  • the UE sends an RRC setup request (RRC setup request) message to the DU to request access to the physical cell corresponding to the DU.
  • RRC setup request RRC setup request
  • the DU selects a CU, such as CU#A, and sends an initial uplink (UL) RRC message to CU#A.
  • a CU such as CU#A
  • DU randomly selects a CU; or, DU selects a CU with a smaller load based on the load information of the CU; or, DU selects a frequently accessed CU based on the historical access information of the CU; or, the DU is configured with a default CU (default CU), select the default CU.
  • S203, CU#A and DU configure signaling radio bearer (SRB) 1 resources for the UE on the F1 interface, the context of the UE on the F1 interface, etc., and then return a downlink (DL) RRC information forwarding message, and Information such as the configured SRB1 resources and the context of the UE on the F1 interface is notified to the DU.
  • SRB signaling radio bearer
  • the context of the UE on the F1 interface such as gNB-DU UE F1 application protocol (F1AP) ID, gNB-CU UE F1AP ID, or supplementary uplink (SUL) access indication (access indication), etc.
  • F1AP application protocol
  • gNB-CU UE F1AP ID gNB-CU UE F1AP ID
  • SUL supplementary uplink
  • steps S202-S203 since the UE has not yet reported to the network the network information it has selected to access, such as PLMN ID, CAG ID, etc., the DU and CU do not know the PLMN ID and CAG that the UE has selected to access. ID.
  • the DU sends configuration parameters to the UE and enables the UE to configure resources such as SRB1 on the terminal side.
  • the terminal reports the ID of the PLMN selected by the UE to access, that is, the selected PLMN ID, in the RRC setup complete (RRC setup complete) message of the initial access, but does not report the CAG ID that the UE selects to access.
  • the non-access stratum (NAS) layer information contained in the RRC establishment complete message may or may not carry the CAG ID, and there is no restriction here. Because neither the DU nor the CU parses the NAS layer information, no matter whether the NAS layer information carries or does not carry the CAG ID, the DU and CU#A cannot perceive the CAG ID that the UE selects to access.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the DU sends the information in step S205 to CU#A.
  • CU#A sends an initial UE message (Initial UE message) to AMF, which carries a list of CAG IDs supported by the logical cell (CU#A) that the UE selects to access, where CU#A supports terminal selection The PLMN corresponding to the accessed network.
  • the CAG ID list supported by the logical cell refers to a list in which one or more CAG IDs supported by CU#A are recorded.
  • a logical cell such as CU#A
  • supports a CAG ID list which means that the logical cell (such as CU#A) supports each CAG ID recorded in the CAG ID list.
  • the AMF judges whether CU#A supports UE access.
  • R16 specifies that a logical cell (cell identity in SIB1 identifies a logical cell, and a PCI identifies a physical cell) only supports one of the public network, PNI-NPN, and SNPN.
  • a shared logical cell was introduced, that is, a logical cell can support multiple network types in the public network, PNI-NPN and SNPN at the same time.
  • R16 or R17 when the terminal access is controlled based on the method shown in Figure 2, there may be the following problems: DU has selected the logical cell (CU #A) If the network does not support terminal access, AMF will directly reject the terminal's access request, and the connection between the terminal and the DU will be disconnected, causing the terminal to perform cell selection and random access procedures again, adding air interface signaling The cost of the terminal and the delay of the terminal accessing the network.
  • CU #A logical cell
  • Logical cell supported by CU#A (assumed to be identified by cell identity#1): support the public network identified by PLMN ID#1, and also support PNI-NPN#2 identified by PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#2; or, only support One of the above public networks or PNI-NPN#2.
  • Logical cell supported by CU#B (assumed to be identified by cell identity#2): Support PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1+CAGID#1.
  • PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1+CAG#1.
  • the AMF will refuse The access request of the UE causes both CU#A and DU to reject the access of the UE. If the UE continues to access the network, it needs to re-select cells (including physical cells) and re-initiate the random access process. Not only is the air interface signaling overhead large, but the UE access delay is also large.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for a terminal to access the network.
  • the DU may not reject the terminal’s access, but select a new CU.
  • the terminal needs to perform the (physical) cell selection and random access procedures again due to the direct rejection of the terminal, which can save air interface signaling overhead and reduce the delay of the terminal accessing the network.
  • the embodiments of this application can be applied to fifth generation (5G) communication systems, such as 5G new radio (NR), or to various future communication systems, as long as the radio access network equipment of the communication system It suffices that there is a CU-DU separation architecture or an architecture equivalent to the functions of the CU-DU separation architecture.
  • 5G fifth generation
  • NR new radio
  • FIG. 3A is a schematic structural diagram of a possible communication system to which an embodiment of this application is applicable.
  • the communication system includes a 5G core network (the 5 th generation core, 5GC), a radio access network (radio access network, RAN), and a terminal.
  • 5G core network the 5 th generation core, 5GC
  • radio access network radio access network
  • terminal a terminal
  • the terminal can also be referred to as terminal equipment, user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc. It is a kind of voice or data connectivity that provides users with voice or data connectivity.
  • the device can also be an Internet of Things device.
  • the terminal includes a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and so on.
  • the terminal can be: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, palm computer, mobile internet device (MID), wearable device (such as smart watch, smart bracelet, pedometer, etc.), In-vehicle equipment (for example, cars, bicycles, electric vehicles, airplanes, ships, trains, high-speed rail, etc.), virtual reality (VR) equipment, augmented reality (AR) equipment, industrial control (industrial control) Wireless terminals, smart home equipment (for example, refrigerators, TVs, air conditioners, electric meters, etc.), smart robots, workshop equipment, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart Wireless terminals in a smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in a smart city, or wireless terminals in a smart home, and flying equipment (e.g., smart Robots, hot air balloons, drones, airplanes), etc.
  • a UE or a terminal is used to describe the solution.
  • the 5GC includes one or more functions or devices, such as a session management function (SMF). These functions or devices may be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform). It is understandable that the names of various core network devices are the names in the 5G communication system, and as the communication system evolves, they can be replaced with other names with the same functions.
  • SMF session management function
  • the RAN may also be called an access network device or a base station, and may also be called a RAN node (or RAN device).
  • access network equipment are: gNB/NR-NB, transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), next generation eNodeB (next generation eNodeB) , Ng-eNB) radio network controller (RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (For example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), or wireless fidelity (Wifi) access point (AP), or possible future communications Access network equipment in the system.
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • next generation eNodeB next generation eNodeB
  • Ng-eNB radio network controller
  • RNC radio network controller
  • Node B Node B, NB
  • BSC base station controller
  • gNB may include CU and DU.
  • the gNB can be divided into two parts according to the function of the protocol stack: CU and DU, that is, the protocol stack of the base station is divided.
  • CU and DU have different parts of the base station. Protocol stack.
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the PDCP-C layer and the user plane PDCP-U layer) are configured in the CU, and the radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer (where the RLC layer includes the control plane RLC-C layer and the user plane RLC-U layer),
  • the medium access control (MAC) layer and the physical layer (PHY) are configured in the DU.
  • a gNB can contain one CU and multiple DUs. CU and DU are connected through the F1 interface. One CU can be connected to multiple DUs at the same time, and one DU can only be connected to one CU. The CU is connected with other gNBs using the Xn interface, and the CU is connected with the 5GC using the NG interface. In addition, in the specific implementation process, considering the fault tolerance and stability of the system, one DU can also be connected to multiple CUs (this is only an implementation, not standardization).
  • the radio access network equipment can support shared DU.
  • One DU corresponds to one physical cell, and a physical cell can be configured with multiple logical cells.
  • the CU can be configured from Logically divided into multiple logical CUs. As shown in FIG. 3A, assuming that two logical cells are configured in the physical cell of the DU, the CU can be considered to be divided into two logical CUs, that is, a first logical CU and a second logical CU.
  • the first DU can choose to connect to the first logical CU or the second logical CU (that is, the first logical CU and the second logical CU share the first DU).
  • the second DU can choose to connect to the second logical CU.
  • a logical CU may also choose to access a second logical CU (that is, the first logical CU and the second logical CU share the second DU).
  • the DU sharing in this document can be the sharing of physical entities or the sharing of logical entities.
  • one DU can only be connected to one CU at a time.
  • the sharing of the first DU is physical entity sharing.
  • the first DU of the physical entity can be further divided into logical entities DU#A and DU#B, and both DU#A and DU#B are deployed in the first DU of the physical entity.
  • the first logical CU and the logical DU#A in the first DU constitute RAN1
  • the second logical CU and the logical DU#B in the first DU constitute RAN2.
  • the first logical CU and the second logical CU are connected to the same physical entity DU, that is, the first DU, but the first logical CU and the second logical CU are respectively connected to two of the first DU Different logical DUs, so the first logical CU and the second logical CU share the physical resource instance of the first DU.
  • the sharing of the first DU is the sharing of logical entities.
  • the first DU of the physical entity can be further divided into logical entities DU#A and DU#B, and both DU#A and DU#B are deployed in the first DU of the physical entity.
  • the first logical CU and the logical DU#A in the first DU constitute RAN1
  • the second logical CU and the logical DU#A in the first DU constitute RAN2.
  • the first logical CU and the second logical CU are not only connected to the same physical entity DU, that is, the first DU, but also the first logical CU and the second logical CU are connected to the same logical DU in the first DU. , So the first logical CU and the second logical CU share the logical resource instance of the first DU (ie DU#A).
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are applicable to both physical DU sharing and logical DU sharing deployment scenarios.
  • the communication between the first logical CU and DU#A is uniformly described as the communication between the first logical CU and the first DU
  • the communication between the second logical CU and DU#B The communication is described as the communication between the second logical CU and the first DU
  • the communication between the first logical CU and DU#A is uniformly described as the communication between the first logical CU and the first DU
  • the communication between the second logical CU and DU#A is described as the communication between the second logical CU and the first DU. That is, the DU involved in the following text does not distinguish whether it is a logical DU or a physical DU.
  • the intersection of the network supported by any logical CU connected to the DU and the network supported by the DU may be exactly the same as the network supported by any logical CU (in this case, the network supported by the first DU may be The union of the networks supported by all logical CUs), or just a part of the networks supported by any logical CU, there is no restriction here.
  • the network supported by the first logical CU is ⁇ 1, 2 ⁇
  • the network supported by the second logical CU is ⁇ 3, 4 ⁇
  • the network supported by the first DU is ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4 ⁇
  • the network supported by the first logical CU is ⁇ 1, 2 ⁇
  • the network supported by the second logical CU is ⁇ 3, 4 ⁇
  • the network supported by the first DU is ⁇ 1, 4, 5 ⁇ .
  • the network supported by the first DU is the union of the networks supported by all logical CUs, that is, the first DU supports the networks supported by each logical CU to which it is connected.
  • first logical CU is referred to as “first CU” in the following description
  • second logical CU is referred to as “second CU” in the following.
  • FIGS. 3A to 3C only illustrate a few functions or devices involved in the embodiments of the present application, and the communication system architecture may also include more or fewer functions or devices.
  • the 5GC in FIG. 3A may also include unified data management (UDM) or data network (DN), and the DU may also be configured with more logical cells.
  • UDM unified data management
  • DN data network
  • the communication system architecture applicable to the embodiments of the present application is not limited to those shown in FIGS. 3A to 3C, and communication system architectures that can implement the functions of the devices shown in FIGS. 3A to 3C are all applicable to the present application.
  • At least one means one or more, and “plurality” means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an “or” relationship.
  • "The following at least one item (a)” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a and b and c.
  • the ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second” mentioned in the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or order of multiple objects. Importance.
  • the first priority criterion and the second priority criterion are only for distinguishing different criteria, but do not indicate the difference in content, priority, or importance of the two criteria.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network.
  • the method can be applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3A, but is not limited to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3A.
  • the first DU, the first CU, and the second CU cannot perceive the CAG ID that the terminal selects to access.
  • the AMF can instruct the first DU to reselect a CU (such as the second CU) to connect the terminal to the network. For details, see S401A to S407A.
  • both the first CU and the second CU in this embodiment refer to logical CUs.
  • the first CU and the second CU are the first logical CU and the second logical CU in FIG. 3A or FIG. 3B or FIG. 3C, respectively.
  • the first DU in this embodiment may refer to a logical DU or a physical DU.
  • the first DU in this embodiment is the first DU shown in FIG. 3B, which is a physical DU, including logical DU#A and logical DU#B.
  • the first DU in this embodiment is equivalent to CU#A in the first DU shown in FIG. 3C, and is a logical DU.
  • the first DU sends a first request message to the selected first CU, and the first CU receives the first request message from the first DU, where the first request message is used to request the terminal to access the first CU.
  • the first DU is in communication connection with the terminal.
  • the scenario in which the first DU selects the first CU may be the CU selection scenario performed by the first DU when the terminal initially accesses, or it may be the CU selection scenario performed by the first DU when the UE performs RRC re-establishment or RRC recovery. Do restrictions.
  • the embodiments of the present application mainly take a terminal initial access scenario as an example.
  • the selected first CU here can be understood as: the first DU has selected the first CU, or that the first DU and the first CU have established an F1 connection, or that the first DU and the first CU are already terminals
  • the transmission resource is configured.
  • the first request message carries the PLMN ID of the network that the terminal selects to access, that is, the Selected PLMN ID.
  • PLMN ID of the network that the terminal selects to access in this article can also be said to be the “PLMN ID of the PLMN that the terminal selects to access”, and "the CAG ID of the network that the terminal selects to access” in this article. It can also be said as "the CAG ID that the terminal chooses to access”.
  • the PLMN ID corresponding to the network selected by the terminal and the PLMN ID of the network configured by the first CU should be the same, but the network selected by the terminal to access and the network configured by the first CU are not necessarily the same.
  • the first CU is configured with the public network identified by PLMN ID#1, and the network requested by the terminal is PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#1, or the first CU is The configuration is PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#1, and the network that the terminal requests to access is PNI-NPN#2 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#2.
  • the terminal Before step S401A, the terminal also needs to perform cell selection and random access procedures.
  • the cell selection and random access process specifically includes the following steps:
  • the terminal sends an RRC setup request (RRC setup request) message to the first DU to request access to the cell under the first DU;
  • the first DU configures logical entity resources such as RLC, MAC, and PHY of SRB1 for the terminal, selects the first CU, and sends an initial UL RRC message (initial UL RRC message) to the first CU, and transmits the related parameters of the configuration;
  • the first CU configures the SDAP and PDCP layer logical entities based on the received configuration parameters, and sends the SDAP, PDCP, and parameters to the DU.
  • the DU and CU do not know the PLMN ID and CAG ID selected by the terminal.
  • the DU sends an RRC setup (RRC setup) message to the terminal, which carries parameters such as SDAP, PDCP, RLC, MAC, and PHY, so that the terminal configures the response logic entity for SRB1 on the terminal side;
  • RRC setup RRC setup
  • the terminal reports the PLMN ID corresponding to the network that the terminal selects to access in the RRC setup complete message of the initial access, but does not report the CAG ID that the terminal selects to access.
  • the first DU After performing the foregoing steps 1) to 5), the first DU sends the foregoing first request message to the selected first CU.
  • the first CU may be the CU selected by the first DU for the first time, or the CU reselected by the first DU (that is, the first DU reselects the CU after trying to connect the terminal to the network through other CUs and fails.
  • One CU may be the CU selected by the first DU for the first time, or the CU reselected by the first DU (that is, the first DU reselects the CU after trying to connect the terminal to the network through other CUs and fails.
  • One CU may be the CU selected by the first DU for the first time, or the CU reselected by the first DU (that is, the first DU reselects the CU after trying to connect the terminal to the network through other CUs and fails.
  • the first request message may also carry one or more of the following information: 1) CU reselection information of the first DU, To indicate whether the first DU has undergone CU reselection, or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU, or information such as unselected CUs in the CU to which the first DU is connected; for ease of description, the first The CU reselection information of the DU is called indication information #4; 2) PLMN ID, where the PLMN ID is another PLMN ID or PLMN ID list that is different from the selected PLMN ID; 3) CAG ID; 4) Whether the terminal can only be accessed CAG cell indication information (CAG-only access); 5) The closed access group CAG list (allowed CAG) of the terminal that is allowed to access.
  • indication information #4 indicates whether the first DU has undergone CU reselection, or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU, or information such as unselected CUs in
  • the first request message may also carry the CU reselection information of the first DU.
  • the CU reselection information of the first DU is used to indicate: A DU has not undergone CU reselection, or the number of times of CU reselection performed by the first DU is 0, or there are unselected CUs among the CUs connected to the first DU, etc.
  • the first request message is an uplink RRC message (UL RRC message) sent by the first DU to the first CU when the terminal device initially accesses.
  • the UL RRC message carries the Selected PLMN ID and the RRC container (container), where the RRC container contains the relevant information reported by the air interface UE.
  • the first CU sends a third request message to the AMF, and the AMF receives the third request message from the first CU, where the third request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF.
  • the third request message carries a list of PLMN IDs and CAG IDs supported by the first CU, so that in the subsequent step S403A, the AMF determines whether the first CU supports the terminal access. It should be understood that the PLMN ID supported by the first CU includes the selected PLMN ID.
  • the third request message also carries indication information for indicating whether the RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture, so that after the AMF determines that the first CU does not support terminal access in the subsequent step S403A, it determines whether it is necessary to instruct the first DU to reconnect.
  • choose CU the indication information used to indicate whether the RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture is referred to as indication information #1 in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first CU is the CU selected by the first DU for the first time
  • the third request message is the initial UE message.
  • the first CU is a reselected CU
  • the third request message is an initial UE message or a path switch request (path switch request) message.
  • the third request message contains the CU reselection information of the first DU, where the first CU obtains the CU reselection information by reporting the first DU to the first CU, or other network elements (such as core Net) notify the first CU, there is no restriction here.
  • the AMF determines whether the first CU supports terminal access according to the subscription information of the terminal.
  • Whether the first CU supports the terminal access can be understood as: whether the network configured by the first CU supports terminal access, or whether the network configured by the first CU is a network that the terminal has subscribed to, or the first CU Whether the type of the configured network matches the type of the network that the terminal has subscribed to.
  • the AMF compares the PLMN ID carried in the third request message with the supported CAG ID list (that is, the PLMN ID and CAG ID list supported by the first CU), and the terminal subscription information stored locally in the AMF that the terminal is allowed to access If there is no overlapping PLMN ID+CAG ID list, and the CAG ID list supported by each PLMN ID, it is determined that the first CU does not support terminal access.
  • the supported CAG ID list that is, the PLMN ID and CAG ID list supported by the first CU
  • the AMF performs an admission control process on the terminal, for example, sending an initial context setup request message to the first CU.
  • an admission control process please refer to relevant existing Technology, I won’t go into details here.
  • S405A If the first CU does not support terminal access, the AMF sends a third response message to the first CU, and the first CU receives the third response message from the AMF.
  • the third request message includes indication information for indicating whether the RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture (that is, the above-mentioned indication information #1).
  • the AMF learns whether the RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture according to the third request message, Send a third response message to the first CU. If the RAN is not in the CU-DU separated architecture, the terminal is directly denied access, for example, sending an error indication message to the first CU; if the RAN is in the CU-DU separated architecture, the third response message is sent to the first CU.
  • the third response message is used to instruct the first DU to select a CU again, the third response message carries auxiliary information, and the auxiliary information is used to assist the first DU to select the second CU.
  • the first CU supports the public network identified by PLMN ID#1, and also supports PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#1; the second CU supports PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#2 Identified PNI-NPN#2.
  • the UE has subscribed to the PNI-NPN#2 identified by the PLMN ID#1+CAG#2.
  • the AMF determines that the first CU does not support terminal access, it finds that the terminal has subscribed to other PNI-NPNs supported by the same PLMN ID (i.e. PNI-NPN#2), so the AMF does not directly deny terminal access, but instructs the first DU to perform CU reselection.
  • the auxiliary information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Instruction information for instructing to reselect CU is referred to as instruction information #2;
  • the PLMN ID here can be a selected PLMN ID, or it can be another PLMN ID or a list of PLMN IDs.
  • a PLMN ID and a CAG ID can identify a PNI-NPN.
  • the combination of the selected PLMN ID and the PNI-NPN identified by the CAG ID in item 3) is used to indicate the PNI-NPN of the second CU to be reselected; or, the PLMN ID in item 2) and item 3) above
  • the combination of PNI-NPN identified by the CAG ID is used to indicate the PNI-NPN of the second CU to be reselected.
  • the closed access group CAG list (allowed CAG list) of the terminal that is allowed to access is used to assist the first DU to renew the CAG ID of the CU included in the allowed CAG list. ;
  • CAG-only access The indication information (CAG-only access) of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell is used to assist the first DU in reselecting the CU configured with CAG.
  • CAG-only access is referred to as indication information #3 here.
  • the above-mentioned information in item 1) can be used to explicitly instruct the first DU to perform CU reselection, that is, if the first DU receives instruction information for instructing to reselect a CU, it directly learns that the CU reselection operation needs to be performed.
  • Items 2) to 5) above can also be used to implicitly instruct the first DU to perform CU reselection, that is, if item 1) above is not received, but items 2) to 5) above are received At least any of the items, the first DU can learn that it needs to perform the operation of reselecting the CU.
  • the third request message contains the CU reselection information of the first DU, where the first CU obtains the CU reselection information by reporting the first DU to the first CU, or other network elements (such as core Net) notify the first CU, there is no restriction here.
  • the AMF can only determine according to the third request message that the first DU has not performed CU reselection, or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU does not exceed the preset value, or there are still unselected CUs in the CU connected to the first DU.
  • a third response message is sent to the first CU; otherwise, the terminal can be directly denied access, for example, an error indication (error indication) message is sent to the first CU.
  • the AMF directly refuses the terminal to connect to the network. enter.
  • the third response message is specifically an error indication (error indication) message or an initial context setup request (initial context setup request) message.
  • error indication error indication
  • initial context setup request initial context setup request
  • the third response message here is the same as the error indication message or initial in the prior art.
  • the context setup request message is different: the third response message contains auxiliary information, so the third response message instructs the first DU to reselect the CU, while the error indication message in the prior art does not contain auxiliary information and is used to deny terminal access
  • the initial context setup request message in the prior art does not include auxiliary information, and is used to request the first CU to establish a context for the terminal.
  • the first CU sends a first response message to the first DU, and the first DU receives the first response message from the first CU, where the first response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU.
  • the first CU determines whether the first DU needs to perform CU reselection according to the third response message information, and if reselection is required, the first CU sends a first response message to the first DU.
  • the first response message contains one or more of the following information: 1) Indication information #2; 2) PLMN ID; 3) CAG ID; 4) Indication information #3; 5) Allowed access of the terminal CAG list.
  • the first response message is a downlink RRC message transfer (DL RRC message transfer) message.
  • DL RRC message transfer downlink RRC message transfer
  • S407A The first DU reselects a CU according to the first response message.
  • the first DU randomly selects a CU from CUs that have never been selected.
  • the first response message carries the PLMN ID and CAG ID subscribed by the terminal
  • the first DU can select a CU that supports the PLMN ID and CAG ID from all CUs (it should be understood that when the first DU and CU perform F1 interface establishment, , The first DU and CU will inform each other of the network conditions they support, such as PLMN ID, CAG ID, etc.).
  • the actual selection method is not limited to the above two, and the specific selection method can be determined according to the information carried in the first response message.
  • the first DU After the first DU reselects the CU, it initiates the access procedure to the reselected CU again (the reselected CU is different from the first CU, for example, the second CU), that is, returns to S401A, and re-executes the above figure based on the reselected CU 4A method flow.
  • the AMF when the AMF finds that the CU selected by the first DU does not support terminal access in the embodiment of the application, it may not directly reject the terminal access, but return auxiliary information to assist the first DU to reselect the CU to continue the access process. It avoids the problem that the AMF directly refuses the terminal access and causes the terminal to re-execute the (physical) cell selection and random access process, which can save air interface signaling overhead and reduce the time delay for the terminal to access the network.
  • the AMF directly refuses the terminal access and causes the terminal to re-execute the (physical) cell selection and random access process, which can save air interface signaling overhead and reduce the time delay for the terminal to access the network.
  • the first DU sends a first request message to the selected first CU, and the first CU receives the first request message from the first DU, where the first request message is used to request the terminal to access the first CU.
  • the first CU is the CU initially selected by the first DU, so the first request message is the UL RRC message, which specifically carries the Selected PLMN ID and RRC container, where the RRC container contains the relevant information reported by the air interface UE.
  • the first CU sends a third request message to the AMF, and the AMF receives the third request message from the first CU, where the third request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF.
  • the first CU here is the CU initially selected by the first DU, so the third request message is the initial UE message.
  • the third request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU (used to indicate whether the first DU has undergone CU reselection or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU or the CU to which the first DU is connected There are also unselected CUs and other information in).
  • the CU reselection information of the first DU here is referred to as indication information #4.
  • the AMF determines whether the first CU supports terminal access according to the subscription information of the terminal.
  • the AMF sends a third response message to the first CU, and the first CU receives the third response message from the AMF.
  • the first CU sends a first response message to the first DU, and the first DU receives the first response message from the first CU, where the first response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU.
  • the first DU reselects a CU according to the auxiliary information in the first response message.
  • the reselected CU is the second CU.
  • the first response message carries PLMN ID and CAG ID
  • the first response message carries PLMN ID and CAG ID to identify the non-public network configured in the second CU.
  • the first DU can directly Determine the second CU.
  • the first DU sends a second request message to the second CU, where the second request message is used to request the terminal to access the second CU.
  • the second request message may also carry one or more of the following information:
  • CU reselection information of the first DU (used to indicate whether the first DU has undergone CU reselection or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU or there are unselected CUs in the CU connected to the first DU, etc. Information).
  • the CU reselection information of the first DU here is referred to as indication information #4';
  • PLMN ID where the PLMN ID is another PLMN ID or a PLMN ID list that is different from the selected PLMN ID
  • the above items 2) to 5) are used to implicitly indicate the CU reselection information of the first DU. That is, if the second CU does not receive the above item 1), but receives at least any one of the above items 2) to 5), the second CU can also learn that the first DU has performed the reselection CU Operation.
  • the content of the CU reselection information of the first DU carried in the request messages sent by the first DU at different stages may be different.
  • the third request message may also carry the CU reselection information of the first DU (such as indication information #4).
  • indication information #4' and indication information #4 have similar functions (for example, indication information #4, indication information #4)
  • Information #4' can both be used to indicate whether the first DU has undergone CU reselection, the number of CU reselections that have been performed, etc.), but the content of the two can be different.
  • indication information #4 indicates that the first DU has not undergone CU reselection
  • indication information #4' indicates that the first DU has undergone CU reselection
  • the indication information #4 may indicate that the first DU has performed CU reselection 0 times
  • the indication information #4' indicates that the first DU has performed CU reselection 1 times.
  • the content of the CU reselection information of the first DU carried in the request messages sent by the first DU at different stages is the same.
  • the second reselection of the CU assuming that the selection result is the third CU, the request message sent by the first DU to the third CU after the second reselection can carry indication information #4", and indication information #4" and the second request
  • the indication information #4' in the message is used to indicate that the first DU has undergone CU reselection.
  • the second request message is specifically an initial UL RRC message.
  • the second CU sends a fourth request message to the AMF, and the AMF receives the fourth request message from the second CU, where the fourth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF.
  • the second CU here is the CU re-selected by the first DU, so the fourth request message is an initial UE message or a path switch request message (path switch request), which is not limited here.
  • the fourth request message carries a list of CAG IDs supported by the PLMN ID in the logical cell currently selected for access by the first DU (ie, the second CU), so that the AMF can determine whether the second CU supports the terminal access.
  • the fourth request message also carries the above-mentioned indication information #4', so that the subsequent AMF can determine whether the first DU has performed CU reselection according to the indication information #4' in the fourth request message, or the first DU Whether the number of performed CU reselections does not exceed a preset value, or whether there is an unselected CU among the CUs connected to the first DU.
  • the fourth request message may also implicitly indicate the CU reselection information of the first DU by carrying the aforementioned PLMN ID, CAG ID, indication information #3, or the allowed CAG list of the terminal.
  • the AMF determines whether the second CU supports terminal access according to the subscription information of the terminal.
  • S411B is executed.
  • the AMF performs an admission control procedure on the terminal.
  • the AMF sends an initial context setup request message to the second CU.
  • the specific admission control procedure please refer to the related prior art, which will not be repeated here.
  • the AMF determines that the second CU still does not support terminal access, the AMF determines that the first DU has performed CU reselection according to indication information #4', or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU has exceeded the preset number of CU reselections.
  • an error indication message is sent to the second CU to deny the terminal access to the network; or, the AMF determines that the first DU is After CU reselection has been performed but the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU has not exceeded the preset value, or the CU connected to the first DU has other unselected CUs besides the first CU and the second CU.
  • another embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network.
  • the method can be applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3A, but is not limited to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3A.
  • the first DU in this embodiment can sense the CAG ID that the terminal selects to access.
  • the PNI-NPN network configured on the first CU does not support the terminal requesting access
  • the first DU can directly decide to reselect network access. For details, please refer to S501 to S506.
  • both the first CU and the second CU in this embodiment refer to logical CUs.
  • the first CU and the second CU are the first logical CU and the second logical CU in FIG. 3A or FIG. 3B or FIG. 3C, respectively.
  • the first DU in this embodiment may refer to a logical DU or a physical DU.
  • the first DU in this embodiment is the first DU shown in FIG. 3B, which is a physical DU, including logical DU#A and logical DU#B.
  • the first DU in this embodiment is equivalent to CU#A in the first DU shown in FIG. 3C, and is a logical DU.
  • the first DU determines that the PNI-NPN network configured on the selected first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access.
  • the selected first CU here can be understood as: the first DU has selected the first CU, or the first DU and the first CU have established an F1 connection, or the first DU and the first CU have been terminals
  • the transmission resource is configured.
  • the scenario where the first DU selects the first CU can be the CU selection scenario performed by the first DU when the terminal initially accesses, or the CU selection performed by the first DU when the UE performs RRC re-establishment or RRC recovery.
  • Scene there is no restriction here.
  • the embodiments of the present application mainly take a terminal initial access scenario as an example.
  • the terminal before performing step S501, the terminal also needs to perform cell selection and random access procedures.
  • cell selection and random access procedures For specific implementation procedures, please refer to the introduction of the relevant part above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first DU selects the first CU, it has not yet sensed the CAG ID that the terminal selects to access, so the first CU does not necessarily support terminal access.
  • the first CU that has been selected here is selected for access in the stages S202-S203 shown in FIG. 2, and the terminal has not yet reported the selected CAG ID at this time.
  • the first DU can know whether the network that the terminal selects to access is the public network or PNI-NPN. When the terminal requests access to the PNI-NPN, and the logic corresponding to the first CU selected by the first DU When the cell only supports the public network or does not support the PNI-NPN that the terminal requests to access, it is determined that the selected first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access.
  • the first DU learns the manner in which the terminal selects to access the network, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. For example, the terminal can simultaneously report the PLMN ID and CAG ID corresponding to the network that the terminal selects to access in the RRC setup complete message, so that the first DU can compare the PLMN ID and CAG ID supported by the first CU with the terminal’s Whether the PLMN ID and CAG ID corresponding to the selected network to be accessed match is determined to determine whether the PNI-NPN network configured on the first CU supports the PNI-NPN network that the terminal requests to access.
  • the terminal can report the network index (network index) or PLMN ID index (PLMN Index) that the terminal selects to access at the same time in the RRC setup complete message, and the first DU can learn that the terminal requests access based on the above index value information PLMN ID and CAG ID corresponding to the network, so that the first DU can compare the PLMN ID and CAG ID supported by the first CU to determine whether the PLMN ID and CAG ID corresponding to the network that the terminal selects to access match. It is determined whether the PNI-NPN network configured on the first CU supports the PNI-NPN network that the terminal requests to access.
  • network index network index
  • PLMN Index PLMN ID index
  • the first DU sends a sixth request message to the first CU, which is used to instruct the first CU to release the context of the terminal.
  • the sixth request message is a UE context release request (UE context release request) message, or an error indication message (error indication), etc.
  • S503 The first CU releases the context of the terminal.
  • the sixth request message includes a cause value, which is used to indicate that the first CU needs to release the context of the terminal because it does not support the PNI-NPN network requested by the terminal.
  • the reason value includes one or more of the following information:
  • the first CU does not support the closed access group requested by the terminal (CAG ID(s) not served by the CU);
  • the first CU does not support the non-public network requested by the terminal (NPN(s) not served by the CU);
  • the first CU does not support the PNI-NPN requested by the terminal (PNI-NPN(s) not served by the CU);
  • the CAG ID requested by the terminal is invalid (invalid CAG ID(s));
  • the NPN requested by the terminal is invalid (invalid NPN);
  • the PNI-NPN requested by the terminal is invalid (invalid PNI-NPN);
  • CAG access denied (CAG access denied);
  • NPN access denied NPN access denied
  • PNI-NPN access denied PNI-NPN access denied
  • the first DU sends a seventh request message to the reselected second CU, and the second CU receives the seventh request message, where the seventh request message is used to request the terminal to access the second CU.
  • step S505 is similar to step S408B in the foregoing embodiment.
  • step S505 The method steps performed after step S505 are similar to the method steps after step S408B in the foregoing embodiment.
  • step S505 it also executes:
  • the second CU sends a ninth request message to the AMF to request the terminal to access the second CU.
  • the ninth request message here is similar to the fourth request message in step S409B in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the AMF sends a ninth response message to the second CU.
  • the ninth response message here is similar to the initial context establishment request message in step S4011B in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the first DU when the first DU can perceive the network type of the logical cell that the terminal selects to access in the embodiment of this application, if the first DU finds that the selected first CU does not support terminal access, it may not directly reject the terminal Instead, it notifies the first CU to release the context of the terminal and reselect the CU to perform access, which can avoid the problem that the AMF directly rejects the terminal access and causes the terminal to re-select (physical) cell selection and random access procedures, which can save air interfaces
  • the signaling overhead reduces the time delay for the terminal to access the network.
  • FIG. 6 another embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network.
  • the method can be applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3A, but is not limited to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3A.
  • the difference from the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A is that the first DU in this embodiment can sense the CAG ID that the terminal selects to access.
  • the difference from the embodiment in FIG. 5 is that when the first CU is configured on the PNI-NPN network When the network that the terminal requests to access is not supported, the first DU instructs the first CU to continue sending requests to the AMF. As long as the first CU or any network supported by the first DU is supported by the terminal, the AMF can allow the terminal to access .
  • both the first CU and the second CU in this embodiment refer to logical CUs.
  • the first CU and the second CU are the first logical CU and the second logical CU in FIG. 3A or FIG. 3B or FIG. 3C, respectively.
  • the first DU in this embodiment may refer to a logical DU or a physical DU.
  • the first DU in this embodiment is the first DU shown in FIG. 3B, which is a physical DU, including logical DU#A and logical DU#B.
  • the first DU in this embodiment is equivalent to CU#A in the first DU shown in FIG. 3C, and is a logical DU.
  • the first DU determines that the PNI-NPN network configured on the selected first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access.
  • the first DU sends a fifth request message to the first CU, and the first CU receives the fifth request message from the first sub-DU.
  • the fifth request message is used to request the first CU to send an access request message to the AMF.
  • the fifth request message carries indication information #5, which is used to indicate that although the first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, the first CU still needs to send an access request message to the AMF to allow the terminal to access Or make the terminal online contract or through a third-party authentication method to make the terminal access the first DU or other network configured on the first CU.
  • the other network configured on the first CU refers to the first network that supports terminal access among the multiple networks configured on the first CU, and the first network is different from the network that the terminal requests to access.
  • the public network identified by PLMN ID#1 and the PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#1 are configured on the first CU, and the UE subscribes to the PNI identified by PLMN ID#1+CAG#2 -NPN#2, PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#1, the first DU supports the public network identified by PLMN ID#1, PNI-NPN#1, PNI-NPN#2, UE requests to connect The entered network is PNI-NPN#2, then the other network refers to PNI-NPN#1.
  • PNI-NPN#1 is not the network that the UE requests to access, it supports UE access.
  • the other network configured on the first DU refers to the second network that supports terminal access among multiple networks configured on the first DU.
  • the second network is the same as or different from the network that the terminal requests to access, and the first CU does not support this The second network.
  • the public network identified by PLMN ID#1 and PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#1 are configured on the first CU, and the public network identified by PLMN ID#1 is configured on the second CU.
  • PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#2 identifies PNI-NPN#2, UE signs PNI-NPN#2 identified by PLMN ID#1+CAG#2, the first DU supports the public network identified by PLMN ID#1, PNI-NPN#1, PNI-NPN#2, the network that the UE requests to access is PNI-NPN#2, then the other network refers to PNI-NPN#2.
  • the fifth request message is specifically an uplink RRC message transfer (UL RRC message transfer) message.
  • the first CU sends an eighth request message to the AMF, and the AMF receives the eighth request message, which is used to request the terminal to access the AMF.
  • the eighth request message contains indication information #5.
  • the eighth request message also includes indication information #1 for indicating whether the access network RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture, so that after the AMF determines that the RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture according to the eighth request message , Connect the terminal or make the terminal online contract or through the third-party authentication to make the terminal access other networks configured on the first DU, for example, instruct the first DU to re-select the network access of the second CU.
  • the eighth request message is an initial UE message.
  • the AMF judges whether the first DU or other network configured on the first CU supports terminal access, and if it does, the terminal is connected to the other network.
  • the AMF After the AMF receives the eighth request message of the first CU, it determines that although the first CU does not support the network requested by the terminal, but the first CU supports other networks that the terminal signs up, the terminal will be connected to the first CU. Support other networks that the terminal has contracted.
  • the AMF After the AMF receives the eighth request message of the first CU, it determines that although the first CU of the terminal does not support the network requested by the terminal, the following possibility is not ruled out: Since the RAN is a CU-DU separation architecture, the first The first DU connected to the CU may also be configured with other networks. For example, the first DU may also be connected to the second CU, and the second CU supports the network requested by the terminal. One DU performs CU reselection based on the auxiliary information, thereby connecting the terminal to the second CU.
  • the fifth request message and/or the eighth request message contains the CU reselection information of the first DU, so that after the AMF determines that the first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, it determines whether the first DU needs to be instructed.
  • DU reselects CU.
  • the AMF only determines, according to the eighth request message, that the first DU has not performed CU reselection, the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU does not exceed a preset value, or there are unselected CUs among the CUs connected to the first DU. , Instruct the first DU to reselect CU to access.
  • the method further includes the following steps: the first CU receives the eighth response message from the AMF, where the eighth response message is used for Instruct the first DU to reselect the CU; the first CU sends a fifth response message to the first DU, the fifth response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect the CU; after the first DU receives the fifth response message, it reselects the second CU Initiate the access process.
  • the eighth response message and the fifth response message include one or more of the following information: instruction information for reselecting the CU; public land mobile network identification PLMN ID; closed access group identification CAG ID; the CAG list of the closed access group that the terminal is allowed to access; the indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
  • the method steps performed after the second CU reselected by the first DU may refer to the method steps performed after the second CU reselected by the first DU in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A, which will not be repeated here. .
  • the first DU when the first DU can perceive the network type of the logical cell that the terminal selects to access in the embodiment of this application, if the first DU finds that the selected first CU does not support terminal access, it may not directly reject the terminal Access, but instructs the first CU to continue sending a request to the AMF. As long as any network supported by the first CU or the first DU is supported by the terminal, the AMF can allow the terminal to access. It can avoid the problem that the AMF directly refuses the terminal access and the terminal needs to re-select (physical) cell selection and random access procedures, which can save air interface signaling overhead and reduce the time delay for the terminal to access the network.
  • the public network or NPN network corresponding to the same PLMN ID needs to be configured with the same cell identity, so that the same cell identity points to the same CU.
  • different cell identities that is, different CUs
  • different CUs configured with the same PLMN ID can be avoided, which causes the first DU to select a CU that the terminal does not support to access, thereby saving air interface signaling overhead and reducing terminal access to the network. Time delay.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus 700 for wireless access to a network.
  • the apparatus 700 may be a DU or a device on the DU. Module of method steps performed by the first DU in 4B.
  • the apparatus 700 may include:
  • the sending module 701 is configured to send a first request message to the selected first centralized unit CU, where the first request message is used to request the terminal to access the first CU;
  • the receiving module 702 is configured to receive a first response message from the first CU, where the first response message is used to instruct the device 700 to reselect a CU, the first response message carries auxiliary information, and the The auxiliary information is used to assist the device 700 to reselect a CU;
  • the processing module 703 is configured to select the second CU according to the auxiliary information, so as to connect the terminal to the network through the second CU.
  • the sending module 701 is further configured to send a second request message to the second CU, where the second request message is used to request the terminal to access the second CU.
  • the auxiliary information includes one or more of the following information:
  • PLMN ID Public land mobile network identification
  • the second request message includes one or more of the following information:
  • the PLMN ID The PLMN ID
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus 800 for a core network.
  • the apparatus 800 may be an AMF or an apparatus on the AMF.
  • the apparatus 800 may include:
  • the receiving module 801 is configured to receive a third request message from the first centralized unit CU, where the third request message is used to request the terminal to access the device 800;
  • the processing module 802 is configured to determine, according to the subscription information of the terminal, that the first CU does not support the terminal access;
  • the sending module 803 is configured to send a third response message to the first CU, where the third response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, and the third response message carries auxiliary information, and the auxiliary The information is used to assist the first DU to reselect a CU.
  • the third request message includes indication information used to indicate whether the access network RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture
  • the processing module 802 is further configured to determine whether the RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture according to the indication information;
  • the sending module 803 is configured to send a third response message to the first CU after the processing module 802 determines that the RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture.
  • the third request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU;
  • the processing module 802 is further configured to determine, according to the CU reselection information, whether the first DU has performed CU reselection, or whether the first DU has performed CU reselection times and does not exceed a preset value, or Whether there is an unselected CU among the CUs connected to the first DU;
  • the sending module 803 is configured to: the processing module 802 determines that the first DU has not performed CU reselection, or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU does not exceed a preset value, or the first DU After an unselected CU still exists among CUs connected to a DU, a third response message is sent to the first CU.
  • the third response message includes one or more of the following information:
  • PLMN ID Public land mobile network identification
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a device 900 for wireless access to a network.
  • the device 900 may be a CU or a device on the CU. Module of method steps executed by the first CU in 4B.
  • the device 900 includes:
  • the receiving module 901 is configured to receive a first request message from a first DU, where the first request message is used to request a terminal to access the device;
  • the sending module 902 is configured to send a third request message to the AMF, where the third request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF;
  • the receiving module 901 is further configured to receive a third response message from the AMF, where the third response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, and the third response message carries auxiliary information, The auxiliary information is used to assist the first DU to reselect a CU;
  • the sending module 902 is further configured to send a first response message to the first DU, where the first response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, and the first response message carries the Supplementary information.
  • the auxiliary information includes one or more of the following information: a public land mobile network identity PLMN ID; a closed access group identity CAG ID; a closed access group CAG list of the terminal that is allowed to access; Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
  • the third request message includes indication information used to indicate whether the access network RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture.
  • the third request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus 1000 for wireless access to a network.
  • the apparatus 1000 may be a CU or a device on the CU. Module of method steps executed by the second CU in 4B.
  • the device 1000 includes:
  • the receiving module 1001 is configured to receive a second request message from a first DU, where the second request message is used to request the terminal to access the device;
  • the sending module 1002 is configured to send a fourth request message to the AMF, where the fourth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF;
  • the receiving module 1001 is further configured to receive an initial context establishment request message from the AMF;
  • the processing module 1003 is configured to establish a context for the terminal according to the initial context establishment request message.
  • the second request message and/or the fourth request message include: CU reselection information of the first DU.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus 1100 for wireless access to a network.
  • the apparatus 1100 may be a DU or a device on the DU.
  • the device 1100 includes:
  • the processing module 1101 is configured to determine that the public-network-converged non-public network PNI-NPN network configured on the selected first centralized unit CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access;
  • the sending module 1102 is configured to send a sixth request message to the first CU, which is used to instruct the first CU to release the context configured for the terminal;
  • the processing module 1101 is also used to select a second CU
  • the sending module 1102 is further configured to send a seventh request message to the second CU, where the seventh request message is used to request the terminal to access the second CU.
  • the sixth request message includes a cause value, and the cause value is used to indicate that the first CU needs to release the context configured for the terminal because it does not support the PNI-NPN network requested by the terminal.
  • the cause value includes one or more of the following information: the first CU does not support the closed access group identification CAG ID requested by the terminal; the first CU does not support the non-public information requested by the terminal Network NPN; the first CU does not support the public network convergence non-public network PNI-NPN requested by the terminal; the CAG ID requested by the terminal is invalid; the NPN requested by the terminal is invalid; the PNI requested by the terminal NPN is invalid.
  • the seventh request message includes CU reselection information of the device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus 1200 for wireless access to a network.
  • the apparatus 1200 may be a second CU or an apparatus on the second CU.
  • the apparatus 1200 includes a device for performing the foregoing Figure 5 shows the module of the method.
  • the device 1200 includes:
  • the receiving module 1201 is configured to receive a seventh request message from the first DU, where the seventh request message is used to request the terminal to access the device;
  • the sending module 1202 is configured to send a ninth request message to the AMF, where the ninth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF;
  • the receiving module 1201 is further configured to receive an initial context establishment request message from the AMF;
  • the processing module 1203 is configured to establish a context for the terminal according to the initial context establishment request message.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a core network device 1300.
  • the device 1300 may be an AMF or a device on the AMF. Module of method steps to be executed.
  • the device 1300 includes:
  • the receiving module 1301 is configured to receive a ninth request message from the second CU, where the ninth request message is used to request the terminal to access the device;
  • the sending module 1302 is configured to send an initial context establishment request message to the second CU when the second CU supports the terminal access.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus 1400 for wireless access to a network.
  • the apparatus 1400 may be a CU or a device on the CU. Module of method steps executed by the first CU.
  • the device 1400 includes:
  • the receiving module 1401 is configured to receive a sixth request message from a first DU, where the sixth request message is used to instruct the first CU to release the context configured for the terminal;
  • the processing module 1402 is configured to release the context of the terminal in response to the sixth request message.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus 1500 for wireless access to a network.
  • the apparatus 1500 may be a DU or a device on the DU.
  • the device 1500 includes:
  • the processing module 1501 is configured to determine that the public-network-converged non-public network PNI-NPN network configured on the selected first centralized unit CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access;
  • the sending module 1502 is configured to send a fifth request message to the first CU, where the fifth request message is used to request the first CU to send an access request message to the AMF;
  • the receiving module 1503 is configured to receive a fifth response message from the first CU, where the fifth response message is used to instruct the terminal to access the device or another network configured on the first CU.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus 1600 for wireless access to a network.
  • the apparatus 1600 may be a CU or an apparatus on the CU. Module of method steps executed by the first CU.
  • the device 1600 includes:
  • the receiving module 1601 is configured to receive a fifth request message from a first DU, where the fifth request message is a PNI-NPN network that is a public network converged non-public network configured on the first CU as determined by the first DU Generated when the network that the terminal requests to access is not supported, the fifth request message is used to request the device to send an access request message to the AMF;
  • the fifth request message is a PNI-NPN network that is a public network converged non-public network configured on the first CU as determined by the first DU Generated when the network that the terminal requests to access is not supported, the fifth request message is used to request the device to send an access request message to the AMF;
  • the sending module 1602 is configured to send an eighth request message to the AMF, where the eighth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF.
  • the fifth request message includes indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that although the device does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, the device still needs to send a request for access to the AMF information.
  • the fifth request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a core network device 1700.
  • the device 1700 may be an AMF or a device on the AMF. Module of method steps to be executed.
  • the device 1700 includes:
  • the receiving module 1701 is configured to receive an eighth request message from a first CU, where the eighth request message is used to request the terminal to access the device 1700, and the eighth request message is the first Generated by the first CU when the PNI-NPN network configured on the CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access;
  • the processing module 1702 is configured to determine whether the first DU or another network configured on the first CU supports terminal access, and if it does, connect the terminal to the other network.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device 1800, and the device 1800 includes:
  • At least one processor 1801 and,
  • the memory 1802 stores instructions that can be executed by the at least one processor 1801, and the at least one processor 1801 executes the instructions stored in the memory 1802 to execute the instructions shown in FIG. 4A or FIG. 4B or FIG. 5 or FIG. The method shown in 6.
  • the memory 1802 is located outside the device 1800.
  • the device 1800 includes the memory 1802, the memory 1802 is connected to the at least one processor 1801, and the memory 1802 stores instructions that can be executed by the at least one processor 1801.
  • FIG. 18 uses a dashed line to indicate that the memory 1802 is optional for the device 1800.
  • processor 1801 and the memory 1802 may be coupled through an interface circuit, or may be integrated together, which is not limited here.
  • connection medium between the aforementioned processor 1801, memory 1802, and communication interface 1803 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 1801, the memory 1802, and the communication interface 1803 are connected by a bus 1804.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 18.
  • the connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration. , Is not limited.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 18 to represent it, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by hardware or software.
  • the processor When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like.
  • the processor When implemented by software, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in the memory.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), and Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) , Ready-made programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be a random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double Data Eate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory
  • Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory
  • DR RAM Direct Rambus RAM
  • the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware component
  • the memory storage module
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium, including a program or instruction.
  • a program or instruction When the program or instruction is run on a computer, it will be shown in FIG. 4A or FIG. 4B or FIG. 5 or FIG. The method shown is executed.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which when running on a computer, enables the method shown in FIG. 4A or FIG. 4B or FIG. 5 or FIG. 6 to be executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, which is coupled with a memory, and is used to read and execute the program instructions stored in the memory, so as to realize the implementation shown in FIG. 4A or FIG. 4B or FIG. 5 or FIG. 6 The method shown.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including:
  • the above-mentioned device 1500, device 1600, and device 1700 The above-mentioned device 1500, device 1600, and device 1700.
  • These computer program instructions can be provided to the processor of a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, an embedded processor, or other programmable data processing equipment to generate a machine, so that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing equipment are used to generate It is a device that realizes the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be passed from a website, a computer, a server, or a data center.
  • Wired for example, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)
  • wireless for example, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital versatile disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)). ))Wait.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the embodiments of the present application are a method and apparatus for a terminal to access a network, used for saving air interface signaling overhead and reducing time delay for the terminal to access the network. A first DU sends a first request message to a selected first CU to access the terminal to the first CU; if the first CU does not support the terminal access, the first DU receives a first response message from the first CU, wherein the first response message carries auxiliary information for assisting the first DU to reselect a CU, and the first DU selects a second CU according to the auxiliary information, so as to access the terminal to the network by means of the second CU.

Description

一种终端接入网络的方法及装置Method and device for terminal to access network
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-references to related applications
本申请要求在2020年05月18日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010421420.2、申请名称为“一种终端接入网络的方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office, the application number is 202010421420.2, and the application name is "a method and device for terminal access to the network" on May 18, 2020, the entire content of which is incorporated by reference In this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种终端接入网络的方法及装置。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a method and device for a terminal to access a network.
背景技术Background technique
第三代移动通信标准化组织(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)版本16(release16,R16)标准中引入了非公网络(non-public networks,NPN)。区别于传统蜂窝网络,NPN网络只允许某些具有特定权限的用户接入。The 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) version 16 (release16, R16) standard introduced non-public networks (NPN). Different from traditional cellular networks, NPN networks only allow certain users with specific permissions to access.
3GPP定义了两种NPN部署模式:独立组网的独立非公网络(stand-alone non-public networks,SNPN)、非独立组网的公网融合的非公网络(public network integrated NPN,INPN)。其中,非独立组网NPN也称为PNI-NPN,为了便于描述下文中独立组网NPN记为SNPN、非独立组网NPN记为PNI-NPN。3GPP defines two NPN deployment modes: stand-alone non-public networks (SNPN) with independent networking, and public network integrated NPN (INPN) with non-independent networking. Among them, the non-independent networking NPN is also called PNI-NPN. For ease of description, the independent networking NPN is marked as SNPN, and the non-independent networking NPN is marked as PNI-NPN.
公网融合的非公网络(public network integrated NPN,PNI-NPN)一般由公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)标识(identity,ID)和封闭访问组(closed access group,CAG)ID共同标识。终端在接入PNI-NPN网络时,会在初始接入的无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)建立完成(RRC setup complete)消息中上报终端所选择接入的网络所对应的PLMN ID,即selected PLMN ID,但并不上报终端所选择接入的CAG ID,因此在接入网设备是集中式单元(central unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)分离架构下,DU和CU均不能感知终端所选择接入的CAG ID,即不能感知终端接入的PNI-NPN。The public network integrated NPN (PNI-NPN) is generally identified by the public land mobile network (PLMN) identity (ID) and the closed access group (CAG) ID. Logo. When the terminal accesses the PNI-NPN network, it will report the PLMN ID corresponding to the network that the terminal has selected in the initial radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) setup complete (RRC setup complete) message, which is selected PLMN ID, but does not report the CAG ID that the terminal selects to access. Therefore, under the architecture that the access network equipment is a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU), DU and CU They cannot perceive the CAG ID that the terminal selects to access, that is, they cannot perceive the PNI-NPN that the terminal accesses.
CU-DU分离架构下可以支持DU共享:一个DU连接一个物理CU,而一个物理CU可以从逻辑上被划分为多个逻辑CU,其中一个DU对应一个物理小区,而每个逻辑CU对应一个逻辑小区,所以同一个物理小区可以对应多个逻辑小区,也即多个逻辑CU共享一个DU。The CU-DU separation architecture can support DU sharing: a DU is connected to a physical CU, and a physical CU can be logically divided into multiple logical CUs, one of which corresponds to a physical cell, and each logical CU corresponds to a logical Cell, so the same physical cell can correspond to multiple logical cells, that is, multiple logical CUs share one DU.
在同一物理小区对应的多个逻辑小区中,不同的逻辑小区可以配置不同的网络,但这些不同的网络可以配置相同的PLMN ID。这样将导致的一个问题是:虽然DU为终端接入的逻辑小区的PLMN ID和终端选择接入的PLMN ID一致,但DU为终端接入的逻辑小区的网络可能并不支持终端接入。例如,终端选择接入的网络是基于PLMN ID#1和CAG ID#1标识的非公网络,而DU为终端接入的逻辑小区是基于PLMN ID#1标识的公网;再如,终端选择接入的网络是基于PLMN ID#1和CAG ID#1标识的非公网络1,而DU为终端接入的逻辑小区是基于PLMN ID#1和CAG ID#2标识的非公网络2。Among multiple logical cells corresponding to the same physical cell, different logical cells can be configured with different networks, but these different networks can be configured with the same PLMN ID. This will cause a problem: Although the PLMN ID of the logical cell that the DU accesses for the terminal is the same as the PLMN ID that the terminal selects to access, the network where the DU is the logical cell that the terminal accesses may not support terminal access. For example, the network that the terminal selects to access is based on the non-public network identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#1, and the logical cell that DU is the terminal access is based on the public network identified by PLMN ID#1; another example is the terminal selection The accessed network is based on the non-public network 1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#1, and the logical cell that DU is the terminal access is based on the non-public network 2 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#2.
在这种情况下,当接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)在对终端执行准入控制时,如果判断出DU选择接入的逻辑小区的网络不支持终端 接入,则会直接拒绝终端的接入请求,随后终端和DU的连接将断开,导致终端将重新进行小区选择、随机接入等过程,增加了空口信令的开销以及终端接入网络时延。In this case, when the access and mobility management function (AMF) is performing admission control on the terminal, if it is determined that the network of the logical cell selected by the DU does not support terminal access, The terminal's access request will be directly rejected, and then the connection between the terminal and the DU will be disconnected, which will cause the terminal to perform cell selection and random access procedures again, which increases the overhead of air interface signaling and the delay of terminal access to the network.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种终端接入网络的方法及装置,用于节省空口信令开销,降低终端接入网络的时延。The embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for a terminal to access a network, which are used to save air interface signaling overhead and reduce the time delay for the terminal to access the network.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端接入网络的方法,包括:第一分布式单元DU向已选择的第一集中式单元CU发送第一请求消息,其中所述第一请求消息用于请求将终端接入所述第一CU;所述第一DU接收来自所述第一CU的第一响应消息,其中所述第一响应消息用于指示所述第一DU重新选择CU,所述第一响应消息中携带辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于辅助所述第一DU重新选择CU;所述第一DU根据所述辅助信息重新选择第二CU,以将所述终端通过所述第二CU接入网络。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including: a first distributed unit DU sends a first request message to a selected first centralized unit CU, wherein the first request message is used Requesting the terminal to access the first CU; the first DU receives a first response message from the first CU, where the first response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, so The first response message carries auxiliary information, and the auxiliary information is used to assist the first DU to reselect a CU; the first DU reselects a second CU according to the auxiliary information to pass the terminal through the The second CU is connected to the network.
本申请实施例中,第一DU选择的第一CU不支持终端接入时,网络侧可以不直接拒绝终端接入,而是通过第一CU返回辅助信息辅助第一DU重新选择第二CU继续接入过程,能够避免网络侧直接拒绝终端接入导致终端需要重新进行小区选择和随机接入过程的问题,可以节省空口信令开销,降低终端接入网络的时延。In the embodiment of this application, when the first CU selected by the first DU does not support terminal access, the network side may not directly reject the terminal access, but may use the first CU to return auxiliary information to assist the first DU to reselect the second CU to continue. The access process can avoid the problem that the network side directly denies the terminal access and the terminal needs to perform cell selection and random access procedures again, which can save air interface signaling overhead and reduce the time delay for the terminal to access the network.
可选的,所述第一DU向所述第二CU发送第二请求消息,其中所述第二请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述第二CU。Optionally, the first DU sends a second request message to the second CU, where the second request message is used to request the terminal to access the second CU.
可选的,所述辅助信息中包含以下信息中的一项或多项:公共陆地移动网络标识PLMN ID;封闭访问组标识CAG ID;所述终端的被允许接入的封闭访问组CAG列表;所述终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息。Optionally, the auxiliary information includes one or more of the following information: a public land mobile network identity PLMN ID; a closed access group identity CAG ID; a closed access group CAG list of the terminal that is allowed to access; Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
通过本实施方式,可以帮助第一DU更快确定出第二CU,降低第一DU错选CU的几率,进一步降低终端接入网络的时延。Through this implementation manner, the first DU can help the first DU to quickly determine the second CU, reduce the probability that the first DU selects the CU by mistake, and further reduce the delay of the terminal accessing the network.
可选的,所述第二请求消息中包含以下信息中的一项或多项:所述第一DU的CU重选信息;所述CAG ID;所述PLMN ID;所述CAG列表;所述终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息。Optionally, the second request message includes one or more of the following information: CU reselection information of the first DU; the CAG ID; the PLMN ID; the CAG list; the Indication of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
通过本实施方式,可以使得第一CU获知第一DU已执行过CU重选,提高网络对终端执行准入控制的效率,进一步降低终端接入网络的时延。Through this implementation manner, the first CU can learn that the first DU has performed CU reselection, which improves the efficiency of the network to perform admission control on the terminal, and further reduces the time delay for the terminal to access the network.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端接入网络的方法,包括:接入和移动管理功能AMF接收来自第一CU的第三请求消息,其中所述第三请求消息用于请求将终端接入所述AMF;所述AMF根据所述终端的签约信息判断所述第一CU不支持所述终端接入,所述AMF向所述第一CU发送第三响应消息,所述第三响应消息用于指示所述第一DU重新选择CU,所述第三响应消息中携带辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于辅助所述第一DU选择CU。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including: the access and mobility management function AMF receives a third request message from a first CU, where the third request message is used to request that the terminal Access the AMF; the AMF judges that the first CU does not support the terminal access according to the subscription information of the terminal, the AMF sends a third response message to the first CU, the third response A message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, the third response message carries auxiliary information, and the auxiliary information is used to assist the first DU in selecting a CU.
本申请实施例中,第一DU选择的第一CU不支持终端接入时,AMF可以不直接拒绝终端接入,而是通过第一CU返回辅助信息辅助第一DU重新选择CU如第二CU继续接入过程,能够避免AMF直接拒绝终端接入导致终端需要重新进行小区选择和随机接入过程的问题,可以节省空口信令开销,降低终端接入网络的时延。In the embodiment of this application, when the first CU selected by the first DU does not support terminal access, the AMF may not directly reject the terminal access, but may use the first CU to return auxiliary information to assist the first DU to reselect the CU such as the second CU. Continuing the access process can avoid the problem that the AMF directly rejects the terminal access and the terminal needs to perform cell selection and random access procedures again, which can save air interface signaling overhead and reduce the time delay for the terminal to access the network.
可选的,所述第三请求消息中包含用于指示接入网RAN是否为CU-DU分离式架构的指示信息;所述AMF向所述第一CU发送第三响应消息,包括:所述AMF根据所述指示信息确定RAN为CU-DU分离式架构后,向所述第一CU发送第三响应消息。Optionally, the third request message includes indication information for indicating whether the access network RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture; the AMF sending a third response message to the first CU includes: After determining that the RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture according to the indication information, the AMF sends a third response message to the first CU.
通过本实施方式,AMF在确定RAN为CU-DU分离式架构(也即第一DU有选择其它CU的可能性)后才指示第一DU重选CU,提高了方案的可靠性。Through this implementation manner, the AMF instructs the first DU to reselect a CU after determining that the RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture (that is, the first DU has the possibility of selecting other CUs), which improves the reliability of the solution.
可选的,所述第三请求消息中包含所述第一DU的CU重选信息;所述AMF向所述第一CU发送第三响应消息,包括:所述AMF根据所述CU重选信息确定所述第一DU未执行过CU重选,或者所述第一DU已执行的CU重选次数不超过预设值,或者所述第一DU连接的CU中还存在未选择的CU后,向所述第一CU发送第三响应消息。Optionally, the third request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU; the AMF sending a third response message to the first CU includes: the AMF according to the CU reselection information After determining that the first DU has not performed CU reselection, or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU does not exceed a preset value, or there are unselected CUs among the CUs connected to the first DU, Send a third response message to the first CU.
通过本实施方式,AMF在确定第一DU未执行过CU重选,或者第一DU已执行的CU重选次数不超过预设值,或者第一DU连接的CU中还存在未选择的CU后,才指示第一DU重新选择CU,保证第一DU可以选择其它CU,进一步提高了方案的可靠性。Through this embodiment, the AMF determines that the first DU has not performed CU reselection, or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU does not exceed the preset value, or there are unselected CUs among the CUs connected to the first DU. , The first DU is instructed to reselect the CU to ensure that the first DU can select other CUs, which further improves the reliability of the solution.
可选的,所述第三响应消息中包含以下信息中的一项或多项:公共陆地移动网络标识PLMN ID;封闭访问组标识CAG ID;所述终端的被允许接入的封闭访问组CAG列表;所述终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息。Optionally, the third response message includes one or more of the following information: public land mobile network identification PLMN ID; closed access group identification CAG ID; closed access group CAG that the terminal is allowed to access List; information indicating whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
通过本实施方式,可以帮助第一DU更快确定出第二CU,降低第一DU错选CU的几率,进一步降低终端接入网络的时延。Through this implementation manner, the first DU can help the first DU to quickly determine the second CU, reduce the probability that the first DU selects the CU by mistake, and further reduce the delay of the terminal accessing the network.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端接入网络的方法,包括:第一CU接收来自第一DU的第一请求消息,其中所述第一请求消息用于请求将终端接入所述第一CU;所述第一CU向AMF发送第三请求消息,其中所述第三请求消息用于请求将终端接入所述AMF;所述第一CU接收来自所述AMF的第三响应消息,其中所述第三响应消息用于指示所述第一DU重新选择CU,所述第三响应消息中携带辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于辅助所述第一DU重新选择CU;所述第一CU向所述第一DU发送第一响应消息,其中所述第一响应消息用于指示所述第一DU重新选择CU,所述第一响应消息中携带所述辅助信息。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including: a first CU receives a first request message from a first DU, where the first request message is used to request the terminal to access the The first CU; the first CU sends a third request message to the AMF, where the third request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF; the first CU receives the third response message from the AMF , Wherein the third response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, the third response message carries auxiliary information, and the auxiliary information is used to assist the first DU in reselecting a CU; A CU sends a first response message to the first DU, where the first response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, and the first response message carries the auxiliary information.
可选的,所述辅助信息中包含以下信息中的一项或多项:公共陆地移动网络标识PLMN ID;封闭访问组标识CAG ID;所述终端的被允许接入的封闭访问组CAG列表;所述终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息。Optionally, the auxiliary information includes one or more of the following information: a public land mobile network identity PLMN ID; a closed access group identity CAG ID; a closed access group CAG list of the terminal that is allowed to access; Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
可选的,所述第三请求消息中包含用于指示接入网RAN是否为CU-DU分离式架构的指示信息。Optionally, the third request message includes indication information used to indicate whether the access network RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture.
可选的,所述第三请求消息中包含所述第一DU的CU重选信息。Optionally, the third request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU.
上述第三方面中各实施方式的有益效果参见第一方面、第二方面中对应实施方式的有益效果,这里不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the embodiments in the third aspect described above, please refer to the beneficial effects of the corresponding embodiments in the first and second aspects, which will not be repeated here.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端接入网络的方法,包括:In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including:
第二CU接收来自第一DU的第二请求消息,其中所述第二请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述第二CU;所述第二CU向AMF发送第四请求消息,其中所述第四请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述AMF;所述第二CU接收来自所述AMF的初始上下文建立请求消息;所述第二CU根据所述初始上下文建立请求消息为所述终端建立上下文。The second CU receives a second request message from the first DU, where the second request message is used to request the terminal to access the second CU; the second CU sends a fourth request message to the AMF, where The fourth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF; the second CU receives an initial context establishment request message from the AMF; the second CU according to the initial context establishment request message is The terminal establishes a context.
可选的,所述第二请求消息和/或所述第四请求消息中包含:所述第一DU的CU重选信息。Optionally, the second request message and/or the fourth request message include: CU reselection information of the first DU.
上述第四方面中各实施方式的有益效果参见第一方面、第二方面中对应实施方式的有益效果,这里不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the embodiments in the fourth aspect described above, please refer to the beneficial effects of the corresponding embodiments in the first and second aspects, which will not be repeated here.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端接入网络的方法,包括:In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including:
第一DU确定已选择的第一CU上配置的公网融合的非公网络PNI-NPN网络不支持所 述终端请求接入的网络;The first DU determines that the public-network-converged non-public network PNI-NPN network configured on the selected first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access;
所述第一DU向所述第一CU发送第六请求消息,用于指示所述第一CU释放为所述终端配置的上下文,以及所述第一DU选择第二CU,并向所述第二CU发送第七请求消息,其中所述第七请求消息用于请求将终端接入所述第二CU。The first DU sends a sixth request message to the first CU, which is used to instruct the first CU to release the context configured for the terminal, and the first DU selects a second CU, and sends a message to the first CU. The second CU sends a seventh request message, where the seventh request message is used to request the terminal to access the second CU.
本申请实施例中,第一DU感知到已选择的第一CU不支持终端接入时,可以不直接拒绝终端接入,而是通知第一CU释放终端的上下文以支持重新选择CU继续将终端接入网络,能够避免AMF直接拒绝终端接入导致终端需要重新进行(小区选择和随机接入过程的问题,可以节省空口信令开销,降低终端接入网络的时延。In the embodiment of this application, when the first DU senses that the selected first CU does not support terminal access, it may not directly reject the terminal access, but inform the first CU to release the context of the terminal to support the reselection of the CU and continue to connect the terminal. Access to the network can prevent the AMF from directly denying the terminal access, which causes the terminal to retry (cell selection and random access process issues, which can save air interface signaling overhead and reduce the time delay for the terminal to access the network.
可选的,所述第六请求消息中包含原因值,所述原因值用于指示所述第一CU由于不支持所述终端请求的PNI-NPN网络所以需要释放为所述终端配置的上下文。Optionally, the sixth request message includes a cause value, and the cause value is used to indicate that the first CU needs to release the context configured for the terminal because it does not support the PNI-NPN network requested by the terminal.
通过本实施方式,可以提高方案的可靠性。Through this embodiment, the reliability of the solution can be improved.
可选的,所述原因值包括以下信息中的一项或多项:第一CU不支持所述终端请求的封闭访问组标识CAG ID;所述第一CU不支持所述终端请求的非公网络NPN;所述第一CU不支持所述终端请求的公网融合的非公网络PNI-NPN;所述终端请求的CAG ID无效;所述终端请求的NPN无效;所述终端请求的PNI-NPN无效。Optionally, the cause value includes one or more of the following information: the first CU does not support the closed access group identification CAG ID requested by the terminal; the first CU does not support the non-public information requested by the terminal Network NPN; the first CU does not support the public network convergence non-public network PNI-NPN requested by the terminal; the CAG ID requested by the terminal is invalid; the NPN requested by the terminal is invalid; the PNI requested by the terminal NPN is invalid.
通过本实施方式,提供了原因值的多种实现方式,可以提高方案的灵活性。Through this embodiment, multiple implementation methods of the cause value are provided, and the flexibility of the solution can be improved.
可选的,第七请求消息中包含所述第一DU的CU重选信息。Optionally, the seventh request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU.
通过本实施方式,可以便于后续AMF判断出第二CU不支持终端请求接入的网络后,判断是否需要指示第一DU继续重选CU。Through this implementation manner, after the subsequent AMF determines that the second CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, it can determine whether it is necessary to instruct the first DU to continue reselecting the CU.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端接入网络的方法,包括:第二CU接收来自第一DU的第七请求消息,其中所述第七请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述第二CU;所述第二CU向AMF发送第九请求消息,其中所述第九请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述AMF;所述第二CU接收来自所述AMF的初始上下文建立请求消息,根据所述初始上下文建立请求消息为所述终端建立上下文。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including: a second CU receives a seventh request message from a first DU, where the seventh request message is used to request that the terminal access The second CU; the second CU sends a ninth request message to the AMF, where the ninth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF; the second CU receives the AMF The initial context establishment request message is used to establish a context for the terminal according to the initial context establishment request message.
上述第六方面的有益效果参见第五方面的有益效果,这里不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the above-mentioned sixth aspect, please refer to the beneficial effects of the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端接入网络的方法,包括:AMF接收来自第二CU的第九请求消息,其中所述第九请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述AMF;所述AMF确定所述第二CU支持所述终端接入,向所述第二CU发送初始上下文建立请求消息。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including: an AMF receives a ninth request message from a second CU, where the ninth request message is used to request that the terminal access the AMF; the AMF determines that the second CU supports the terminal access, and sends an initial context establishment request message to the second CU.
上述第七方面的有益效果参见第五方面的有益效果,这里不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the seventh aspect mentioned above, please refer to the beneficial effects of the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端接入网络的方法,包括:In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including:
第一CU接收来自第一DU的第六请求消息,所述第六请求消息用于指示所述第一CU释放为所述终端配置的上下文;The first CU receives a sixth request message from the first DU, where the sixth request message is used to instruct the first CU to release the context configured for the terminal;
所述第一CU响应于所述第六请求消息,释放所述终端的上下文。The first CU releases the context of the terminal in response to the sixth request message.
上述第八方面的有益效果参见上述第五方面的有益效果,这里不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the above-mentioned eighth aspect, please refer to the beneficial effects of the above-mentioned fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端接入网络的方法,包括:In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including:
第一DU确定已选择的第一CU配置上的公网融合的非公网络PNI-NPN网络不支持所述终端请求接入的网络;The first DU determines that the public-network-converged non-public network PNI-NPN network on the selected first CU configuration does not support the network that the terminal requests to access;
所述第一DU向所述第一CU发送第五请求消息,其中所述第五请求消息用于请求所述第一CU向AMF发送接入请求消息;Sending, by the first DU, a fifth request message to the first CU, where the fifth request message is used to request the first CU to send an access request message to the AMF;
所述第一DU接收来自所述第一CU的第五响应消息,所述第五响应消息用于指示将 所述终端接入所述第一DU或所述第一CU上配置的其它网络。The first DU receives a fifth response message from the first CU, where the fifth response message is used to instruct the terminal to access the first DU or another network configured on the first CU.
本申请实施例中,第一DU感知到已选择的第一CU不支持终端接入时,可以不直接拒绝终端接入,而是指示CU继续向AMF发送请求,只要第一CU或第一DU所支持的任意一网络被终端所支持,AMF便可允许终端的接入。能够避免AMF直接拒绝终端接入导致终端需要重新进行小区选择和随机接入过程的问题,可以节省空口信令开销,降低终端接入网络的时延。In the embodiment of this application, when the first DU senses that the selected first CU does not support terminal access, it may not directly reject the terminal access, but instruct the CU to continue sending requests to the AMF, as long as the first CU or the first DU Any one of the supported networks is supported by the terminal, and the AMF can allow the terminal's access. It can avoid the problem that the AMF directly refuses the terminal access and the terminal needs to perform cell selection and random access procedures again, which can save air interface signaling overhead and reduce the time delay for the terminal to access the network.
可选的,所述第五请求消息中包含指示信息,所述指示信息用以指示虽然所述第一CU不支持所述终端请求接入的网络但所述第一CU仍需向所述AMF发送请求接入消息。Optionally, the fifth request message includes indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that although the first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, the first CU still needs to notify the AMF Send a request for access message.
通过本实施方式,可以使得AMF判断出第一CU不支持终端请求接入的网络后,将终端接入或者使终端在线签约或者通过第三方鉴权的方式使终端接入第一DU或第一CU上配置的其它网络,提高终端接入网络的效率。Through this embodiment, after the AMF determines that the first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, it can connect the terminal or make the terminal online contract or make the terminal access the first DU or the first DU through third-party authentication. Other networks configured on the CU improve the efficiency of the terminal's access to the network.
可选的,所述第五请求消息中包含所述第一DU的CU重选信息。Optionally, the fifth request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU.
通过本实施方式,可以使得第一CU将所述第一DU的CU重选信息传递给AMF,进而使得AMF判断出第一CU不支持终端请求接入的网络后,根据第一DU的CU重选信息判断是否需要指示第一DU重选CU,进一步提高方案的可靠性。Through this embodiment, the first CU can pass the CU reselection information of the first DU to the AMF, so that after the AMF determines that the first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, it is based on the CU reselection of the first DU. The selection information determines whether the first DU needs to be instructed to reselect the CU, which further improves the reliability of the solution.
上述第九方面的有益效果参见上述第五方面的有益效果,这里不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the aforementioned ninth aspect, please refer to the beneficial effects of the aforementioned fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端接入网络的方法,包括:第一CU接收来自第一DU的第五请求消息,其中所述第五请求消息是所述第一DU确定所述第一CU上配置的公网融合的非公网络PNI-NPN网络不支持所述终端请求接入的网络时生成的,所述第五请求消息用于请求所述第一CU向AMF发送接入请求消息;所述第一CU向AMF发送第八请求消息,其中所述第八请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述AMF。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including: a first CU receives a fifth request message from a first DU, where the fifth request message is that the first DU determines the Generated when the public-network-converged non-public network PNI-NPN network configured on the first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, the fifth request message is used to request the first CU to send access to the AMF Request message; the first CU sends an eighth request message to the AMF, where the eighth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF.
可选的,所述第五请求消息中包含指示信息,所述指示信息用以指示虽然所述第一CU不支持所述终端请求接入的网络但所述第一CU仍需向所述AMF发送请求接入消息。Optionally, the fifth request message includes indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that although the first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, the first CU still needs to notify the AMF Send a request for access message.
可选的,所述第五请求消息中包含所述第一DU的CU重选信息。Optionally, the fifth request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU.
上述第十方面中各个实施方式的有益效果参见第九方面中各个实施方式的有益效果,这里不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the embodiments in the tenth aspect described above, please refer to the beneficial effects of the embodiments in the ninth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端接入网络的方法,包括:AMF接收来自第一CU的第八请求消息,其中所述第八请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述AMF,其中所述第八请求消息为所述第一CU上配置的PNI-NPN网络不支持所述终端请求接入的网络时所述第一CU生成的;所述AMF判断第一DU或第一CU上配置的其它网络是否支持终端接入,若支持,则将终端接入该其它网络。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network, including: an AMF receives an eighth request message from a first CU, where the eighth request message is used to request that the terminal access the network. The AMF, wherein the eighth request message is generated by the first CU when the PNI-NPN network configured on the first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access; the AMF determines that the first DU or Whether other networks configured on the first CU support terminal access, and if so, the terminal is connected to the other networks.
上述第十一方面的有益效果参见第九方面的有益效果,这里不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the above-mentioned eleventh aspect, please refer to the beneficial effects of the ninth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种无线接入网络的装置,该装置可以是DU,或者是DU上的装置,该装置包括用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的设计中所述方法的模块。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a device for wireless access to a network. The device may be a DU or a device on the DU. The device includes a device for performing the first aspect or any one of the first aspects. The module of the method described in the design.
示例性的,所述装置包括:Exemplarily, the device includes:
发送模块,用于向已选择的第一CU发送第一请求消息,其中所述第一请求消息用于请求将终端接入所述第一CU;A sending module, configured to send a first request message to the selected first CU, where the first request message is used to request the terminal to access the first CU;
接收模块,用于接收来自所述第一CU的第一响应消息,其中所述第一响应消息用于指示所述装置重新选择CU,所述第一响应消息中携带辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于辅助 所述装置重新选择CU;The receiving module is configured to receive a first response message from the first CU, where the first response message is used to instruct the device to reselect a CU, and the first response message carries auxiliary information, the auxiliary information Used to assist the device to reselect CU;
处理模块,用于根据所述辅助信息选择第二CU,以将所述终端通过所述第二CU接入网络。The processing module is configured to select a second CU according to the auxiliary information, so as to connect the terminal to the network through the second CU.
可选的,所述发送模块,还用于向所述第二CU发送第二请求消息,其中所述第二请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述第二CU。Optionally, the sending module is further configured to send a second request message to the second CU, where the second request message is used to request the terminal to access the second CU.
可选的,所述辅助信息中包含以下信息中的一项或多项:Optionally, the auxiliary information includes one or more of the following information:
公共陆地移动网络标识PLMN ID;Public land mobile network identification PLMN ID;
封闭访问组标识CAG ID;CAG ID of the closed access group;
所述终端的被允许接入的封闭访问组CAG列表;The CAG list of the closed access group that the terminal is allowed to access;
所述终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息。Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
可选的,所述第二请求消息中包含以下信息中的一项或多项:Optionally, the second request message includes one or more of the following information:
所述装置的CU重选信息;CU reselection information of the device;
所述CAG ID;The CAG ID;
所述PLMN ID;The PLMN ID;
所述CAG列表;The CAG list;
所述终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息。Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种核心网络的装置,该装置可以是AMF,或者是AMF上的装置,该装置包括用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的设计中所述方法的模块。In a thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a core network device. The device may be an AMF or a device on the AMF. The device includes a possible design for implementing the second aspect or any of the second aspects. Module of the method described in.
示例性的,所述装置包括:Exemplarily, the device includes:
接收模块,用于接收来自第一CU的第三请求消息,其中所述第三请求消息用于请求将终端接入所述装置;A receiving module, configured to receive a third request message from the first CU, where the third request message is used to request the terminal to access the device;
处理模块,用于根据所述终端的签约信息判断所述第一CU不支持所述终端接入;A processing module, configured to determine, according to the subscription information of the terminal, that the first CU does not support the terminal access;
发送模块,用于向所述第一CU发送第三响应消息,所述第三响应消息用于指示所述第一DU重新选择CU,所述第三响应消息中携带辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于辅助所述第一DU重新选择CU。The sending module is configured to send a third response message to the first CU, where the third response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, and the third response message carries auxiliary information, the auxiliary information Used to assist the first DU to reselect a CU.
可选的,所述第三请求消息中包含用于指示接入网RAN是否为CU-DU分离式架构的指示信息;Optionally, the third request message includes indication information used to indicate whether the access network RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture;
所述处理模块,还用于根据所述指示信息确定所述RAN是否为CU-DU分离式架构;The processing module is further configured to determine whether the RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture according to the indication information;
所述发送模块用于:在所述处理模块确定所述RAN为CU-DU分离式架构后,向所述第一CU发送第三响应消息。The sending module is configured to send a third response message to the first CU after the processing module determines that the RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture.
可选的,所述第三请求消息中包含所述第一DU的CU重选信息;Optionally, the third request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU;
所述处理模块,还用于根据所述CU重选信息判断所述第一DU是否执行过CU重选,或者所述第一DU是否已执行的CU重选次数不超过预设值,或者所述第一DU连接的CU中是否还存在未选择的CU;The processing module is further configured to determine, according to the CU reselection information, whether the first DU has performed CU reselection, or whether the first DU has performed CU reselection times and does not exceed a preset value, or Whether there is an unselected CU among the CUs connected to the first DU;
所述发送模块用于:在所述处理模块确定所述第一DU未执行过CU重选,或者所述第一DU已执行的CU重选次数不超过预设值,或者所述第一DU连接的CU中还存在未选择的CU后,向所述第一CU发送第三响应消息。The sending module is configured to: the processing module determines that the first DU has not performed CU reselection, or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU does not exceed a preset value, or the first DU After there is an unselected CU among the connected CUs, a third response message is sent to the first CU.
可选的,所述第三响应消息中包含以下信息中的一项或多项:Optionally, the third response message includes one or more of the following information:
公共陆地移动网络标识PLMN ID;Public land mobile network identification PLMN ID;
封闭访问组标识CAG ID;CAG ID of the closed access group;
所述终端的被允许接入的封闭访问组CAG列表;The CAG list of the closed access group that the terminal is allowed to access;
所述终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息。Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种无线接入网络的装置,该装置可以是CU,或者是CU上的装置,该装置包括用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中所述方法的模块。In a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a device for wireless access to a network. The device may be a CU or a device on the CU. The device includes a device for executing the third aspect or any one of the third aspects. The module of the method described in the design.
示例性的,所述装置包括:Exemplarily, the device includes:
接收模块,用于接收来自第一DU的第一请求消息,其中所述第一请求消息用于请求将终端接入所述装置;A receiving module, configured to receive a first request message from a first DU, where the first request message is used to request a terminal to access the device;
发送模块,用于向AMF发送第三请求消息,其中所述第三请求消息用于请求将终端接入所述AMF;A sending module, configured to send a third request message to the AMF, where the third request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF;
所述接收模块,还用于接收来自所述AMF的第三响应消息,其中所述第三响应消息用于指示所述第一DU重新选择CU,所述第三响应消息中携带辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于辅助所述第一DU重新选择CU;The receiving module is further configured to receive a third response message from the AMF, where the third response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, and the third response message carries auxiliary information, so The auxiliary information is used to assist the first DU to reselect a CU;
所述发送模块,还用于向所述第一DU发送第一响应消息,其中所述第一响应消息用于指示所述第一DU重新选择CU,所述第一响应消息中携带所述辅助信息。The sending module is further configured to send a first response message to the first DU, where the first response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, and the first response message carries the auxiliary information.
可选的,所述辅助信息中包含以下信息中的一项或多项:公共陆地移动网络标识PLMN ID;封闭访问组标识CAG ID;所述终端的被允许接入的封闭访问组CAG列表;所述终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息。Optionally, the auxiliary information includes one or more of the following information: a public land mobile network identity PLMN ID; a closed access group identity CAG ID; a closed access group CAG list of the terminal that is allowed to access; Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
可选的,所述第三请求消息中包含用于指示接入网RAN是否为CU-DU分离式架构的指示信息。Optionally, the third request message includes indication information used to indicate whether the access network RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture.
可选的,所述第三请求消息中包含所述第一DU的CU重选信息。Optionally, the third request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU.
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种无线接入网络的装置,该装置可以是CU,或者是CU上的装置,该装置包括用于执行上述第四方面或第四方面任一种可能的设计中所述方法的模块。In a fifteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a device for wireless access to a network. The device may be a CU or a device on the CU. The device includes a device for performing any of the foregoing fourth aspect or the fourth aspect. The module of the method described in the design.
示例性的,所述装置包括:Exemplarily, the device includes:
接收模块,用于接收来自第一DU的第二请求消息,其中所述第二请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述装置;A receiving module, configured to receive a second request message from the first DU, where the second request message is used to request the terminal to access the device;
发送模块,用于向AMF发送第四请求消息,其中所述第四请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述AMF;A sending module, configured to send a fourth request message to the AMF, where the fourth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF;
所述接收模块,还用于接收来自所述AMF的初始上下文建立请求消息;The receiving module is further configured to receive an initial context establishment request message from the AMF;
处理模块,用于根据所述初始上下文建立请求消息为所述终端建立上下文。The processing module is configured to establish a context for the terminal according to the initial context establishment request message.
可选的,所述第二请求消息和/或所述第四请求消息中包含:所述第一DU的CU重选信息。Optionally, the second request message and/or the fourth request message include: CU reselection information of the first DU.
第十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种无线接入网络的装置,该装置可以是DU,或者是DU上的装置,该装置包括用于执行上述第五方面或第五方面任一种可能的设计中所述方法的模块。In a sixteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a device for wireless access to a network. The device may be a DU or a device on the DU. The device includes a device for performing any one of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect above. The module of the method described in the design.
示例性的,所述装置包括:Exemplarily, the device includes:
处理模块,用于确定已选择的第一CU配置上的公网融合的非公网络PNI-NPN网络不支持所述终端请求接入的网络;A processing module, configured to determine that the public-network-converged non-public network PNI-NPN network on the selected first CU configuration does not support the network that the terminal requests to access;
发送模块,用于向所述第一CU发送第六请求消息,用于指示所述第一CU释放为所述终端配置的上下文;A sending module, configured to send a sixth request message to the first CU, used to instruct the first CU to release the context configured for the terminal;
所述处理模块,还用于选择第二CU;The processing module is also used to select a second CU;
所述发送模块,还用于向所述第二CU发送第七请求消息,其中所述第七请求消息用于请求将终端接入所述第二CU。The sending module is further configured to send a seventh request message to the second CU, where the seventh request message is used to request the terminal to access the second CU.
可选的,所述第六请求消息中包含原因值,所述原因值用于指示所述第一CU由于不支持所述终端请求的PNI-NPN网络所以需要释放为所述终端配置的上下文。Optionally, the sixth request message includes a cause value, and the cause value is used to indicate that the first CU needs to release the context configured for the terminal because it does not support the PNI-NPN network requested by the terminal.
可选的,所述原因值包括以下信息中的一项或多项:第一CU不支持所述终端请求的封闭访问组标识CAG ID;所述第一CU不支持所述终端请求的非公网络NPN;所述第一CU不支持所述终端请求的公网融合的非公网络PNI-NPN;所述终端请求的CAG ID无效;所述终端请求的NPN无效;所述终端请求的PNI-NPN无效。Optionally, the cause value includes one or more of the following information: the first CU does not support the closed access group identification CAG ID requested by the terminal; the first CU does not support the non-public information requested by the terminal Network NPN; the first CU does not support the public network convergence non-public network PNI-NPN requested by the terminal; the CAG ID requested by the terminal is invalid; the NPN requested by the terminal is invalid; the PNI requested by the terminal NPN is invalid.
可选的,第七请求消息中包含所述装置的CU重选信息。Optionally, the seventh request message includes CU reselection information of the device.
第十七方面,本申请实施例提供一种无线接入网络的装置,该装置可以是CU,或者是CU上的装置,该装置包括用于执行上述第六方面中所述方法的模块。In a seventeenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a device for wireless access to a network. The device may be a CU or a device on the CU. The device includes a module for executing the method described in the sixth aspect.
示例性的,所述装置包括:Exemplarily, the device includes:
接收模块,用于接收来自第一DU的第七请求消息,其中所述第七请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述装置;A receiving module, configured to receive a seventh request message from the first DU, where the seventh request message is used to request the terminal to access the device;
发送模块,用于向AMF发送第九请求消息,其中所述第九请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述AMF;A sending module, configured to send a ninth request message to the AMF, where the ninth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF;
所述接收模块还用于,接收来自所述AMF的初始上下文建立请求消息;The receiving module is further configured to receive an initial context establishment request message from the AMF;
处理模块,用于根据所述初始上下文建立请求消息为所述终端建立上下文。The processing module is configured to establish a context for the terminal according to the initial context establishment request message.
第十八方面,本申请实施例提供一种核心网络的装置,该装置可以是AMF,或者是AMF上的装置,该装置包括用于执行上述第七方面中所述方法的模块。In an eighteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a core network device. The device may be an AMF or a device on the AMF. The device includes a module for executing the method in the seventh aspect.
示例性的,所述装置包括:Exemplarily, the device includes:
接收模块,用于接收来自第二CU的第九请求消息,其中所述第九请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述装置;A receiving module, configured to receive a ninth request message from a second CU, where the ninth request message is used to request the terminal to access the device;
发送模块,在所述第二CU支持所述终端接入时,用于向所述第二CU发送初始上下文建立请求消息。The sending module is configured to send an initial context establishment request message to the second CU when the second CU supports the terminal access.
第十九方面,本申请实施例提供一种无线接入网络的装置,该装置可以是CU,或者是CU上的装置,该装置包括用于执行上述第八方面中所述方法的模块。In a nineteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a device for wireless access to a network. The device may be a CU or a device on the CU. The device includes a module for executing the method in the eighth aspect.
示例性的,所述装置包括:Exemplarily, the device includes:
接收模块,用于接收来自第一DU的第六请求消息,所述第六请求消息用于指示所述第一CU释放为所述终端配置的上下文;A receiving module, configured to receive a sixth request message from the first DU, where the sixth request message is used to instruct the first CU to release the context configured for the terminal;
处理模块,用于响应于所述第六请求消息,释放所述终端的上下文。The processing module is configured to release the context of the terminal in response to the sixth request message.
第二十方面,本申请实施例提供一种无线接入网络的装置,该装置可以是第一DU,或者是第一DU上的装置,该装置包括用于执行上述第九方面中所述方法的模块。In a twentieth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a device for wireless access to a network. The device may be a first DU, or a device on the first DU, and the device includes methods for performing the method described in the ninth aspect. Module.
示例性的,所述装置包括:Exemplarily, the device includes:
处理模块,用于确定已选择的第一CU上配置的公网融合的非公网络PNI-NPN网络不支持所述终端请求接入的网络;A processing module, configured to determine that the public-network-converged non-public network PNI-NPN network configured on the selected first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access;
发送模块,用于向所述第一CU发送第五请求消息,其中所述第五请求消息用于请求 所述第一CU向AMF发送接入请求消息;A sending module, configured to send a fifth request message to the first CU, where the fifth request message is used to request the first CU to send an access request message to the AMF;
接收模块,用于接收来自所述第一CU的第五响应消息,所述第五响应消息用于指示将所述终端接入所述装置或所述第一CU上配置的其它网络。The receiving module is configured to receive a fifth response message from the first CU, where the fifth response message is used to instruct the terminal to access the device or another network configured on the first CU.
第二十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种无线接入网络的装置,该装置可以是第一CU,或者是第一CU上的装置,该装置包括用于执行上述第十方面或第十方面任一种可能的设计中所述方法的模块。In the twenty-first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a device for wireless access to a network. The device may be a first CU or a device on the first CU. The device includes a device for performing the tenth aspect or the tenth aspect. Any one of the possible designs of the method described in the aspect.
接收模块,用于接收来自第一DU的第五请求消息,其中所述第五请求消息是所述第一DU确定所述第一CU上配置的公网融合的非公网络PNI-NPN网络不支持所述终端请求接入的网络时生成的,所述第五请求消息用于请求所述装置向AMF发送接入请求消息;The receiving module is configured to receive a fifth request message from the first DU, where the fifth request message is that the first DU determines that the public network converged non-public network PNI-NPN network configured on the first CU is not Generated when supporting the network that the terminal requests to access, the fifth request message is used to request the device to send an access request message to the AMF;
发送模块,用于向AMF发送第八请求消息,其中所述第八请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述AMF。The sending module is configured to send an eighth request message to the AMF, where the eighth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF.
可选的,所述第五请求消息中包含指示信息,所述指示信息用以指示虽然所述装置不支持所述终端请求接入的网络但所述装置仍需向所述AMF发送请求接入消息。Optionally, the fifth request message includes indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that although the device does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, the device still needs to send a request for access to the AMF information.
可选的,所述第五请求消息中包含所述第一DU的CU重选信息。Optionally, the fifth request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU.
第二十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种核心网络的装置,该装置可以是AMF,或者是AMF上的装置,该装置包括用于执行上述第十一方面中所述方法的模块。In the twenty-second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a core network device. The device may be an AMF or a device on the AMF. The device includes a module for executing the method described in the eleventh aspect.
示例性的,所述装置包括:Exemplarily, the device includes:
接收模块,用于接收来自第一CU的第八请求消息,其中所述第八请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述装置,其中所述第八请求消息为所述第一CU上配置的PNI-NPN网络不支持所述终端请求接入的网络时所述第一CU生成的;The receiving module is configured to receive an eighth request message from the first CU, where the eighth request message is used to request the terminal to access the device, and the eighth request message is for the first CU Generated by the first CU when the configured PNI-NPN network does not support the network that the terminal requests to access;
处理模块,用于判断第一DU或第一CU上配置的其它网络是否支持终端接入,若支持,则将终端接入该其它网络。The processing module is used to determine whether the first DU or other network configured on the first CU supports terminal access, and if it does, connect the terminal to the other network.
第二十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,所述装置包括:In a twenty-third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, and the device includes:
至少一个处理器;以及,At least one processor; and,
与所述至少一个处理器通信连接的存储器、通信接口;A memory and a communication interface communicatively connected with the at least one processor;
其中,所述存储器存储有可被所述至少一个处理器执行的指令,所述至少一个处理器通过执行所述存储器存储的指令,执行如第一方面至第十一方面中的任一方面、或第一方面至第十一方面中任一种可选的实施方式所述的方法。Wherein, the memory stores instructions that can be executed by the at least one processor, and the at least one processor executes any one of the first aspect to the eleventh aspect, by executing the instructions stored in the memory, Or the method described in any one of the optional implementation manners of the first aspect to the eleventh aspect.
第二十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括程序或指令,当所述程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得第一方面至第十一方面中的任一方面、或第一方面至第十一方面中任一种可选的实施方式中所述的方法被执行。In a twenty-fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including a program or instruction, when the program or instruction runs on a computer, any aspect of the first aspect to the eleventh aspect , Or the method described in any one of the optional implementation manners of the first aspect to the eleventh aspect is executed.
第二十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得如第一方面至第十一方面中的任一方面、或第一方面至第十一方面中任一种可选的实施方式中所述的方法被执行。In the twenty-fifth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, which when running on a computer, makes any one of the first aspect to the eleventh aspect, or the first aspect to the eleventh aspect The method described in any one of the optional implementations is executed.
第二十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,所述芯片与存储器耦合,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,实现第一方面至第十一方面中的任一方面、或第一方面至第十一方面中任一种可选的实施方式中所述的方法。In a twenty-sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, which is coupled with a memory, and is configured to read and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement any one of the first aspect to the eleventh aspect Aspect, or the method described in an optional implementation of any one of the first aspect to the eleventh aspect.
第二十七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,包括:In a twenty-seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including:
如第十二方面所述的装置、十三方面所述的装置、十四方面所述的装置以及十五方面所述的装置;或者,The device of the twelfth aspect, the device of the thirteenth aspect, the device of the fourteenth aspect, and the device of the fifteenth aspect; or,
如第十六方面所述的装置、十七方面所述的装置、十八方面所述的装置以及十九方面所述的装置;或者,The device of the sixteenth aspect, the device of the seventeenth aspect, the device of the eighteenth aspect, and the device of the nineteenth aspect; or,
如第二十方面所述的装置、二十一方面所述的装置、二十二方面所述的装置。The device described in the twentieth aspect, the device described in the twenty-first aspect, and the device described in the twenty-second aspect.
上述第十一方面至第二十七方面中各实施方式的有益效果参见第一方面至第十一方面中对应实施方式的有益效果,这里不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the above-mentioned eleventh aspect to the twenty-seventh aspect, please refer to the beneficial effects of the corresponding implementation manners in the first aspect to the eleventh aspect, which will not be repeated here.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1A为独立组网NPN和非独立组网NPN的示意图;Figure 1A is a schematic diagram of independent networking NPN and non-independent networking NPN;
图1B为不同的逻辑CU被配置不同的网络的示意图;Figure 1B is a schematic diagram of different logical CUs configured with different networks;
图1C为网络标识NID的格式的示意图;FIG. 1C is a schematic diagram of the format of the network identification NID;
图2为UE接入PNI-NPN网络时的初始接入过程的示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the initial access process when the UE accesses the PNI-NPN network;
图3A为本申请实施例适用的一种可能的通信系统的结构示意图;FIG. 3A is a schematic structural diagram of a possible communication system to which an embodiment of this application is applicable;
图3B是第一DU为物理实体共享的示意图;Figure 3B is a schematic diagram of the first DU being shared by a physical entity;
图3C是第一DU为逻辑实体共享的示意图;Figure 3C is a schematic diagram of the first DU being shared by logical entities;
图4A为本申请实施例提供的一种终端接入网络的方法的流程图;4A is a flowchart of a method for a terminal to access a network according to an embodiment of the application;
图4B为本申请实施例提供的一种终端接入网络的方法的流程图;4B is a flowchart of a method for a terminal to access a network according to an embodiment of the application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端接入网络的方法的流程图;FIG. 5 is a flowchart of another method for a terminal to access a network according to an embodiment of the application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端接入网络的方法的流程图;FIG. 6 is a flowchart of another method for a terminal to access a network according to an embodiment of the application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种无线接入网络的装置700的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless access network device 700 provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种核心网络的装置800的结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a core network device 800 provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种无线接入网络的装置900的结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless access network device 900 provided by an embodiment of this application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种无线接入网络的装置1000的结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus 1000 for wireless access to a network provided by an embodiment of this application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种无线接入网络的装置1100的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless access network device 1100 provided by an embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种无线接入网络的装置1200的结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus 1200 for wireless access to a network provided by an embodiment of this application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种核心网络的装置1300的结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a core network device 1300 provided by an embodiment of this application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种无线接入网络的装置1400的结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless access network device 1400 provided by an embodiment of this application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种无线接入网络的装置1500的结构示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus 1500 for wireless access to a network provided by an embodiment of this application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种无线接入网络的装置1600的结构示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus 1600 for wireless access to a network provided by an embodiment of this application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种核心网络的装置1700的结构示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a core network device 1700 provided by an embodiment of this application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置1800的结构示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1800 provided by an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
图1A是本申请实施例提供的独立组网NPN和非独立组网NPN的示意图。Figure 1A is a schematic diagram of an independent networking NPN and a non-independent networking NPN provided by an embodiment of the present application.
如图1A所示,独立组网NPN中,SNPN和PLMN拥有独立的核心网,SNPN可以有独立的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN),也可以与PLMN共享RAN。独立组网NPN中,由PLMN ID和网络标识(network identifier,NID)来标识一个SNPN网络,其中PLMN ID的移动国家码(mobile country code,MCC)部分为特定值或者部署该SNPN的移动运营商的PLMN ID;NID可以由全球统一分配或本地分配得到。一个SNPN的下一代无线接入网络(next generation radio access network,NG-RAN)节点的小区可以广播以下参数中 的一个或多个:一个或多个PLMN ID以及每个PLMN ID对应的一个NID列表、用户可读网络名称(human-readable network name,HRMN)以支持用户手动选网、禁止其他不支持SNPN的终端接入的指示。As shown in Figure 1A, in an independent networking NPN, SNPN and PLMN have independent core networks, and SNPN can have independent radio access networks (RAN), or can share RAN with PLMN. In the independent networking NPN, a SNPN network is identified by the PLMN ID and the network identifier (NID), where the mobile country code (MCC) part of the PLMN ID is a specific value or the mobile operator deploying the SNPN PLMN ID; NID can be allocated globally or locally. The cell of an SNPN next generation radio access network (NG-RAN) node can broadcast one or more of the following parameters: one or more PLMN IDs and a list of NIDs corresponding to each PLMN ID , Human-readable network name (HRMN) to support the user's manual network selection and instructions to prohibit other terminals that do not support SNPN from accessing.
如图1A所示,非独立组网NPN中,NPN和PLMN共用核心网和/或接入网,NPN依赖于PLMN进行部署,可用PLMN ID来标识PNI-NPN网络。NPN可以是PLMN中的一个特定切片,终端拥有PLMN的签约数据,根据移动运营商与NPN服务商的协议,该NPN可以仅部署在某些跟踪区域(tracking area,TA)的范围内。当终端移出该范围时,网络可能指示终端不能在新的注册区域继续使用当前的切片资源。As shown in Figure 1A, in a non-independent networking NPN, the NPN and the PLMN share the core network and/or access network. The NPN depends on the PLMN for deployment, and the PLMN ID can be used to identify the PNI-NPN network. The NPN may be a specific slice in the PLMN, and the terminal has subscription data of the PLMN. According to the agreement between the mobile operator and the NPN service provider, the NPN may only be deployed in certain tracking areas (TAs). When the terminal moves out of this range, the network may indicate that the terminal cannot continue to use the current slice resources in the new registration area.
为了阻止非授权的终端接入PNI-NPN小区,3GPP提出了封闭访问组(closed access group,CAG)的概念,一个CAG就代表了一组可以接入某个CAG小区(PNI-NPN小区)的用户。它可以由一个CAG ID来表示,在一个PLMN中唯一。非独立组网NPN中,PNI-NPN网络可以是在公网的支持下部署的,PNI-NPN的小区不仅要广播小区标识,还要广播封闭接入组标识(closed access group identifier,CAG ID),CAG ID用以标识允许接入该CAG关联的一个或多个小区的一组用户,防止不允许通过CAG关联的小区接入PNI-NPN的终端自动选择和接入该小区。一个PNI-NPN小区可以广播一个或多个CAG标识;还可以广播CAG标识对应的HRNN供用户手动选择。为了便于叙述,本申请实施例将PLMN ID、CAG ID都视为PNI-NPN网络的网络标识信息。In order to prevent unauthorized terminals from accessing PNI-NPN cells, 3GPP proposed the concept of closed access group (CG). A CAG represents a group of people that can access a CAG cell (PNI-NPN cell). user. It can be represented by a CAG ID, which is unique in a PLMN. In the non-independent networking NPN, the PNI-NPN network can be deployed with the support of the public network. The PNI-NPN cell must not only broadcast the cell identifier, but also broadcast the closed access group identifier (CAG ID) The CAG ID is used to identify a group of users who are allowed to access one or more cells associated with the CAG, and prevent terminals that are not allowed to access the PNI-NPN through the cell associated with the CAG to automatically select and access the cell. A PNI-NPN cell can broadcast one or more CAG identifiers; it can also broadcast the HRNN corresponding to the CAG identifier for the user to manually select. For ease of description, the embodiment of this application regards both the PLMN ID and the CAG ID as the network identification information of the PNI-NPN network.
在图1A中,示出了四种分别支持不同网络类型的用户设备(user equipment,UE),即UE1、UE2、UE3、UE4。其中UE1既支持公网PLMN A,又支持基于公网PLMN A部署的非公网络CAG X;UE2仅支持基于公网PLMN A部署的非公网络CAG X;UE3仅支持公网PLMN A;UE4仅支持独立部署的非公网络SNPN。In FIG. 1A, four user equipment (UE) that respectively support different network types are shown, namely UE1, UE2, UE3, and UE4. Among them, UE1 supports both public network PLMN A and non-public network CAG X deployed based on public network PLMN A; UE2 only supports non-public network CAG X deployed based on public network PLMN A; UE3 only supports public network PLMN A; UE4 only Support independent deployment of non-public network SNPN.
如上所述,对于PNI-NPN网络,PNI-NPN小区会在系统信息中广播其所支持接入的PNI-NPN的网络标识信息(例如PLMN ID(s)和CAG ID(s),还可能包括HRNN(s)),终端本地会存储其所订阅的PNI-NPN的网络信息(例如PLMN ID(s)和CAG ID(s),还可能包括HRNN(s)),终端在收到小区广播的系统信息时,会对比小区广播的PNI-NPN的网络标识信息和本地存储的其所订阅的PNI-NPN的网络信息,若存在允许接入的PNI-NPN,则终端可接入相应小区。AMF处也会存储终端的签约信息(例如,会存储终端的被允许接入的CAG列表(allowed CAG List)),AMF基于存储的终端的签约信息,执行用户的准入控制等过程。As mentioned above, for the PNI-NPN network, the PNI-NPN cell will broadcast in the system information the network identification information of the PNI-NPN it supports (such as PLMN ID(s) and CAG ID(s), which may also include HRNN(s)), the terminal locally stores the network information of the PNI-NPN it subscribes to (such as PLMN ID(s) and CAG ID(s), and may also include HRNN(s)), and the terminal receives the cell broadcast In the system information, the network identification information of the PNI-NPN broadcast by the cell is compared with the network information of the PNI-NPN subscribed to by the local storage. If there is a PNI-NPN that is allowed to be accessed, the terminal can access the corresponding cell. The AMF will also store the terminal's subscription information (for example, it will store the terminal's allowed CAG List (allowed CAG List)), and the AMF performs processes such as user admission control based on the stored terminal's subscription information.
DU共享场景下,一个DU可以连接多个CU。应理解,这里一个DU连接的多个CU是逻辑上划分的多个CU,实际上这多个CU可以对应同一个物理CU(或者说实体CU)。逻辑CU的划分方式有多种实现方式,例如网络给不同的逻辑CU配置不同的计算参数(实例)、网络给不同的逻辑CU配置不同的网络资源、或网络给不同的逻辑CU配置不同的网络等,这里不做限制。In the DU sharing scenario, one DU can be connected to multiple CUs. It should be understood that the multiple CUs connected to one DU are multiple logically divided CUs. In fact, the multiple CUs may correspond to the same physical CU (or entity CU). There are many ways to divide logical CUs. For example, the network configures different calculation parameters (instances) for different logical CUs, the network configures different network resources for different logical CUs, or the network configures different networks for different logical CUs. Wait, there is no restriction here.
下面对网络给不同逻辑CU配置不同的网络进行举例。The following is an example of how the network configures different networks for different logical CUs.
参见图1B,DU连接的CU包括两个逻辑CU,即CU#A和CU#B,其中CU#A和CU#B被配置了不同的网络。Referring to Fig. 1B, the CU connected to the DU includes two logical CUs, namely CU#A and CU#B, where CU#A and CU#B are configured with different networks.
例如,CU#A支持PLMN ID#1标识的公网,CU#B支持PLMN ID#1和CAG ID#1标识的PNI-NPN#1。例如,CU#B支持PLMN ID#1和CAG ID#1标识的PNI-NPN#1;CU#B支持PLMN ID#1和CAG ID#2标识的PNI-NPN#2。例如,CU#A支持PLMN ID#1标识 的公网,CU#B支持PLMN ID#2和CAG ID#1标识的PNI-NPN#3。例如,CU#B支持PLMN ID#1和CAG ID#1标识的PNI-NPN#1;CU#B支持PLMN ID#2和CAG ID#2标识的PNI-NPN#4。例如,CU#B支持PLMN ID#1和CAG ID#1标识的PNI-NPN#1;CU#B支持PLMN ID#2和CAG ID#1标识的PNI-NPN#3。For example, CU#A supports the public network identified by PLMN ID#1, and CU#B supports PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#1. For example, CU#B supports PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#1; CU#B supports PNI-NPN#2 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#2. For example, CU#A supports the public network identified by PLMN ID#1, and CU#B supports PNI-NPN#3 identified by PLMN ID#2 and CAG ID#1. For example, CU#B supports PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#1; CU#B supports PNI-NPN#4 identified by PLMN ID#2 and CAG ID#2. For example, CU#B supports PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#1; CU#B supports PNI-NPN#3 identified by PLMN ID#2 and CAG ID#1.
当然,逻辑CU被配置的网络类型并不限于PNI-NPN和公网,例如还可以是SNPN。对于被配置了SNPN的逻辑CU,则需要用PLMN ID和NID来标识。Of course, the network type on which the logical CU is configured is not limited to PNI-NPN and public network, for example, it can also be SNPN. For the logical CU configured with SNPN, it needs to be identified by PLMN ID and NID.
例如,CU#A支持PLMN ID#1标识的公网,CU#B支持PLMN ID#1和NID#1标识的SNPN#1。例如,CU#B支持PLMN ID#1和NID#1标识的SNPN#1;CU#B支持PLMN ID#1和NID#2标识的SNPN#2。例如,CU#A支持PLMN ID#1标识的公网,CU#B支持PLMN ID#2和NID#1标识的SNPN#3。例如,CU#B支持PLMN ID#1和NID#1标识的SNPN#1;CU#B支持PLMN ID#2和NID#2标识的SNPN#4。例如,CU#B支持PLMN ID#1和NID#1标识的SNPN#1;CU#B支持PLMN ID#2和NID#1标识的SNPN#3。For example, CU#A supports the public network identified by PLMN ID#1, and CU#B supports SNPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and NID#1. For example, CU#B supports SNPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and NID#1; CU#B supports SNPN#2 identified by PLMN ID#1 and NID#2. For example, CU#A supports the public network identified by PLMN ID#1, and CU#B supports SNPN#3 identified by PLMN ID#2 and NID#1. For example, CU#B supports SNPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and NID#1; CU#B supports SNPN#4 identified by PLMN ID#2 and NID#2. For example, CU#B supports SNPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and NID#1; CU#B supports SNPN#3 identified by PLMN ID#2 and NID#1.
总之,公网由PLMN ID标识,PNI-NPN由PLMN ID和CAG ID共同标识,SNPN由PLMN和NID共同标识,不同类型的网络肯定属于不一样的网络,同种类型的网络只要网络标识的ID值不一致,就是不一样的网络。In short, the public network is identified by PLMN ID, PNI-NPN is jointly identified by PLMN ID and CAG ID, and SNPN is jointly identified by PLMN and NID. Different types of networks must belong to different networks. Networks of the same type only need the ID of the network identification. Inconsistent values are different networks.
其中,CAG ID一般为固定长度的32位值。PLMN ID由移动国家代码(MCC)和移动网络代码(MNC)组成,即PLMN ID=MCC||MNC。NID包括一个分配模式(assignment mode)和一个NID值(NID value),如图1C所示。Among them, the CAG ID is generally a fixed-length 32-bit value. PLMN ID is composed of mobile country code (MCC) and mobile network code (MNC), that is, PLMN ID=MCC||MNC. NID includes an assignment mode (assignment mode) and a NID value (NID value), as shown in Figure 1C.
进一步的,DU共享场景下,DU可广播系统信息块(system information block,SIB)1,SIB1中可以用物理层小区标识(physical cell identifier,PCI)来标识DU所对应的一个物理小区,一个物理小区可以对应若干逻辑小区,一个逻辑小区对应DU连接的一个逻辑CU,每个逻辑小区用小区标识(cell identity)来标识。如图2中,与DU连接的逻辑CU#A和逻辑CU#B分别对应不同cell identity所标识的逻辑小区。Further, in the DU sharing scenario, the DU can broadcast the system information block (SIB) 1, and the physical cell identifier (PCI) can be used in the SIB1 to identify a physical cell corresponding to the DU. A cell can correspond to several logical cells, one logical cell corresponds to one logical CU connected to the DU, and each logical cell is identified by a cell identity (cell identity). As shown in Figure 2, the logical CU#A and logical CU#B connected to the DU correspond to logical cells identified by different cell identities.
3GPP R16规定了每个逻辑小区只支持公网、PNI-NPN或SNPN的其中一种网络类型,但是在3GPP R17中,会引入共享逻辑小区,即一个逻辑小区可以同时支持公网、PNI-NPN和SNPN中的多种网络类型。3GPP R16 stipulates that each logical cell only supports one of the public network, PNI-NPN or SNPN network type, but in 3GPP R17, a shared logical cell will be introduced, that is, a logical cell can support the public network and PNI-NPN at the same time And multiple network types in SNPN.
图2为UE接入PNI-NPN网络时的初始接入过程的示意图,如图2所示,包括:Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the initial access process when the UE accesses the PNI-NPN network, as shown in Figure 2, including:
S201、UE向DU发送RRC建立请求(RRC setup request)消息,以请求接入DU对应的物理小区。S201. The UE sends an RRC setup request (RRC setup request) message to the DU to request access to the physical cell corresponding to the DU.
S202、DU选择一个CU,如CU#A,向CU#A发送初始上行(uplink,UL)RRC消息。S202. The DU selects a CU, such as CU#A, and sends an initial uplink (UL) RRC message to CU#A.
其中,DU选择CU的实现方式有多种,这里不做限制。例如:DU随机选择一个CU;或者,DU基于CU的负载信息,选择负载较小的CU;或者,DU基于CU的历史访问信息,选择经常访问的CU;或者,DU配置了默认的CU(default CU),选择默认的CU。Among them, there are many ways for DU to select CU, and there are no restrictions here. For example: DU randomly selects a CU; or, DU selects a CU with a smaller load based on the load information of the CU; or, DU selects a frequently accessed CU based on the historical access information of the CU; or, the DU is configured with a default CU (default CU), select the default CU.
S203、CU#A和DU在F1接口上为UE配置信令无线承载(signaling radio bearer,SRB)1资源、UE在F1接口的上下文等,然后返回下行(downlink,DL)RRC信息转发消息,将配置的SRB1资源、UE在F1接口的上下文等信息通知给DU。S203, CU#A and DU configure signaling radio bearer (SRB) 1 resources for the UE on the F1 interface, the context of the UE on the F1 interface, etc., and then return a downlink (DL) RRC information forwarding message, and Information such as the configured SRB1 resources and the context of the UE on the F1 interface is notified to the DU.
其中,UE在F1接口的上下文,例如gNB-DU UE F1应用协议(F1application protocol,F1AP)ID、gNB-CU UE F1AP ID、或辅助上行(supplementary uplink,SUL)接入指示(access indication)等。Among them, the context of the UE on the F1 interface, such as gNB-DU UE F1 application protocol (F1AP) ID, gNB-CU UE F1AP ID, or supplementary uplink (SUL) access indication (access indication), etc.
应理解,在步骤S202-S203中,由于UE尚未向网络上报其所选择接入的网络信息,如PLMN ID、CAG ID等,所以DU和CU并不知道UE所选择接入的PLMN ID和CAG ID。It should be understood that in steps S202-S203, since the UE has not yet reported to the network the network information it has selected to access, such as PLMN ID, CAG ID, etc., the DU and CU do not know the PLMN ID and CAG that the UE has selected to access. ID.
S204、DU将配置参数发送给UE并使UE在终端侧配置SRB1等资源。S204. The DU sends configuration parameters to the UE and enables the UE to configure resources such as SRB1 on the terminal side.
S205、终端在初始接入的RRC建立完成(RRC setup complete)消息中上报UE所选择接入的PLMN ID,即selected PLMN ID,但并不上报UE所选择接入的CAG ID。S205. The terminal reports the ID of the PLMN selected by the UE to access, that is, the selected PLMN ID, in the RRC setup complete (RRC setup complete) message of the initial access, but does not report the CAG ID that the UE selects to access.
其中,对于RRC建立完成消息中包含的非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)层信息,可以携带或不携带CAG ID,这里不做限制。因为DU和CU都不解析NAS层的信息,所以无论NAS层信息携带或不携带CAG ID,DU和CU#A均不能感知UE所选择接入的CAG ID。Among them, the non-access stratum (NAS) layer information contained in the RRC establishment complete message may or may not carry the CAG ID, and there is no restriction here. Because neither the DU nor the CU parses the NAS layer information, no matter whether the NAS layer information carries or does not carry the CAG ID, the DU and CU#A cannot perceive the CAG ID that the UE selects to access.
S206、DU将步骤S205中的信息发送给CU#A。S206. The DU sends the information in step S205 to CU#A.
应理解,DU和CU#A不能感知UE所选择接入的CAG ID。It should be understood that DU and CU#A cannot perceive the CAG ID that the UE selects to access.
S207、CU#A向AMF发送初始UE消息(Initial UE message),在该消息中携带UE所选择接入的逻辑小区(CU#A)所支持的CAG ID列表,其中CU#A是支持终端选择接入的网络所对应的PLMN。S207. CU#A sends an initial UE message (Initial UE message) to AMF, which carries a list of CAG IDs supported by the logical cell (CU#A) that the UE selects to access, where CU#A supports terminal selection The PLMN corresponding to the accessed network.
其中,逻辑小区(CU#A)所支持的CAG ID列表是指记录有CU#A所支持的一个或多个CAG ID的一个列表。在本文中,一个逻辑小区(如CU#A)支持一个CAG ID列表,表示该一个逻辑小区(如CU#A)支持该一个CAG ID列表中所记录的各个CAG ID。Among them, the CAG ID list supported by the logical cell (CU#A) refers to a list in which one or more CAG IDs supported by CU#A are recorded. In this article, a logical cell (such as CU#A) supports a CAG ID list, which means that the logical cell (such as CU#A) supports each CAG ID recorded in the CAG ID list.
S208、AMF收到Initial UE message消息后,判断CU#A是否支持UE接入。S208. After receiving the Initial UE message, the AMF judges whether CU#A supports UE access.
具体的,对照本地存储的UE所被允许接入的PLMN ID列表和每个PLMN ID所支持的CAG ID列表,与消息中携带的逻辑小区(CU#A)的PLMN ID和其所支持的CAG ID列表,如果有重叠,则确定CU#A支持UE接入,执行步骤S209A;否则,确定CU#A不支持UE接入,执行S209B。Specifically, compare the locally stored PLMN ID list that the UE is allowed to access and the CAG ID list supported by each PLMN ID with the PLMN ID of the logical cell (CU#A) carried in the message and the CAG supported by it. If there is an overlap in the ID list, it is determined that CU#A supports UE access, and step S209A is executed; otherwise, it is determined that CU#A does not support UE access, and S209B is executed.
S209A、向CU#A发送初始上下文建立请求(initial context setup request)消息,具体的准许UE接入的过程可参考相关现有技术,这里不赘述。S209A. Send an initial context setup request (initial context setup request) message to CU#A. For the specific process of granting UE access, refer to related prior art, which will not be repeated here.
S209B、向CU#A发送错误指示(error indication)消息,具体的拒绝UE接入的过程可参考相关现有技术,这里不赘述。S209B. Send an error indication (error indication) message to CU#A. For the specific process of denying UE access, reference may be made to related prior art, which will not be repeated here.
R16规定了一个逻辑小区(SIB1中cell identity标识一个逻辑小区,一个PCI标识一个物理小区)只支持公网、PNI-NPN和SNPN中的一种网络类型。3GPP R17中,引入了共享逻辑小区,即一个逻辑小区可同时支持公网、PNI-NPN和SNPN中的多种网络类型。无论R16还是R17(或者还可是其它场景,这里不止限定于只是R16和R17),当基于图2所示方法控制终端接入时,便可能存在如下问题:DU已选择接入的逻辑小区(CU#A)的网络不支持终端接入,则AMF会直接拒绝终端的接入请求,终端和DU的连接将断开,导致终端将重新进行小区选择、随机接入等过程,增加了空口信令的开销以及终端接入网络时延。R16 specifies that a logical cell (cell identity in SIB1 identifies a logical cell, and a PCI identifies a physical cell) only supports one of the public network, PNI-NPN, and SNPN. In 3GPP R17, a shared logical cell was introduced, that is, a logical cell can support multiple network types in the public network, PNI-NPN and SNPN at the same time. Regardless of R16 or R17 (or other scenarios, here is not limited to R16 and R17), when the terminal access is controlled based on the method shown in Figure 2, there may be the following problems: DU has selected the logical cell (CU #A) If the network does not support terminal access, AMF will directly reject the terminal's access request, and the connection between the terminal and the DU will be disconnected, causing the terminal to perform cell selection and random access procedures again, adding air interface signaling The cost of the terminal and the delay of the terminal accessing the network.
这里举一个例子来说明:Here is an example to illustrate:
CU#A支持的逻辑小区(假设用cell identity#1标识):支持PLMN ID#1标识的公网,还支持PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#2标识的PNI-NPN#2;或者,只支持上述公网或者PNI-NPN#2中的一个。Logical cell supported by CU#A (assumed to be identified by cell identity#1): support the public network identified by PLMN ID#1, and also support PNI-NPN#2 identified by PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#2; or, only support One of the above public networks or PNI-NPN#2.
CU#B支持的逻辑小区(假设用cell identity#2标识):支持PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#1标识的PNI-NPN#1。Logical cell supported by CU#B (assumed to be identified by cell identity#2): Support PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1+CAGID#1.
UE签约:PLMN ID#1+CAG#1标识的PNI-NPN#1。UE signs: PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1+CAG#1.
若DU选择CU#A(即,选择CU#A支持的逻辑小区),那么AMF在对UE进行准入控制时,因为UE未签约CU#A所支持的PNI-NPN#2,所以AMF会拒绝UE的接入请求,进而导致CU#A、DU均拒绝UE的接入。UE若继续接入网络,则需要重新进行小区(包括物理小区)选择,重新发起随机接入过程,不仅空口信令开销大,而且UE的接入时延也较大。If the DU selects CU#A (that is, selects the logical cell supported by CU#A), then when the AMF performs admission control on the UE, because the UE has not signed the PNI-NPN#2 supported by CU#A, the AMF will refuse The access request of the UE causes both CU#A and DU to reject the access of the UE. If the UE continues to access the network, it needs to re-select cells (including physical cells) and re-initiate the random access process. Not only is the air interface signaling overhead large, but the UE access delay is also large.
鉴于此,本申请实施例提供一种终端接入网络的方法及装置,当DU为终端选择接入的CU不支持终端接入时,DU可以不拒绝终端的接入,而是重新选择一个CU以将终端接入网络,可以避免直接拒绝终端导致终端需要重新进行(物理)小区选择和随机接入过程的问题,可以节省空口信令开销,降低终端接入网络的时延。In view of this, the embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for a terminal to access the network. When the CU selected by the DU for the terminal to access does not support terminal access, the DU may not reject the terminal’s access, but select a new CU. In order to connect the terminal to the network, it is possible to avoid the problem that the terminal needs to perform the (physical) cell selection and random access procedures again due to the direct rejection of the terminal, which can save air interface signaling overhead and reduce the delay of the terminal accessing the network.
下面将结合附图3A~图17,对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。Hereinafter, the embodiments of the present application will be described in further detail with reference to FIGS. 3A to 17.
本申请实施例可以应用于第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统,例如5G新空口(new radio,NR),或应用于未来的各种通信系统,只要该通信系统的无线接入网设备存在CU-DU分离架构或者等同于CU-DU分离架构功能的架构即可。The embodiments of this application can be applied to fifth generation (5G) communication systems, such as 5G new radio (NR), or to various future communication systems, as long as the radio access network equipment of the communication system It suffices that there is a CU-DU separation architecture or an architecture equivalent to the functions of the CU-DU separation architecture.
例如,图3A为本申请实施例适用的一种可能的通信系统的结构示意图。该通信系统包括5G核心网络(the 5 th generation core,5GC)、无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)和终端。 For example, FIG. 3A is a schematic structural diagram of a possible communication system to which an embodiment of this application is applicable. The communication system includes a 5G core network (the 5 th generation core, 5GC), a radio access network (radio access network, RAN), and a terminal.
其中,终端又可以称为终端设备、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,是一种向用户提供语音或数据连通性的设备,也可以是物联网设备。例如,终端包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,终端可以是:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备(例如智能手表、智能手环、计步器等),车载设备(例如,汽车、自行车、电动车、飞机、船舶、火车、高铁等)、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、智能家居设备(例如,冰箱、电视、空调、电表等)、智能机器人、车间设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端,或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、飞行设备(例如,智能机器人、热气球、无人机、飞机)等。本申请实施例中以UE或者终端来描述方案。Among them, the terminal can also be referred to as terminal equipment, user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc. It is a kind of voice or data connectivity that provides users with voice or data connectivity. The device can also be an Internet of Things device. For example, the terminal includes a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and so on. At present, the terminal can be: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, palm computer, mobile internet device (MID), wearable device (such as smart watch, smart bracelet, pedometer, etc.), In-vehicle equipment (for example, cars, bicycles, electric vehicles, airplanes, ships, trains, high-speed rail, etc.), virtual reality (VR) equipment, augmented reality (AR) equipment, industrial control (industrial control) Wireless terminals, smart home equipment (for example, refrigerators, TVs, air conditioners, electric meters, etc.), smart robots, workshop equipment, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart Wireless terminals in a smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in a smart city, or wireless terminals in a smart home, and flying equipment (e.g., smart Robots, hot air balloons, drones, airplanes), etc. In the embodiments of this application, a UE or a terminal is used to describe the solution.
5GC包括一个或多个功能或设备,例如会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)。这些功能或设备既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。可以理解的是,各种核心网设备的名称是5G通信系统中的称呼,随着通信系统的演进,可以更换为具有相同功能的其它名称。The 5GC includes one or more functions or devices, such as a session management function (SMF). These functions or devices may be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform). It is understandable that the names of various core network devices are the names in the 5G communication system, and as the communication system evolves, they can be replaced with other names with the same functions.
RAN又可以称为接入网设备或基站,还可以称为RAN节点(或RAN设备)。目前,一些接入网设备的举例为:gNB/NR-NB、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、下一代演进型节点B(next generation eNodeB,ng-eNB)无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home  evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wifi)接入点(access point,AP),或未来可能的通信系统中的接入网设备。还可以为5G,如,NR,系统中的gNB,或,传输点(TRP或TP),5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),或,DU等。在一些部署中,gNB可以包括CU和DU。The RAN may also be called an access network device or a base station, and may also be called a RAN node (or RAN device). At present, some examples of access network equipment are: gNB/NR-NB, transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), next generation eNodeB (next generation eNodeB) , Ng-eNB) radio network controller (RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (For example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), or wireless fidelity (Wifi) access point (AP), or possible future communications Access network equipment in the system. It can also be 5G, such as NR, gNB in the system, or transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group of (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in the 5G system, or it can also be composed A network node of a gNB or transmission point, such as a baseband unit (BBU), or DU, etc. In some deployments, gNB may include CU and DU.
如图3A所示,针对NR的基站gNB,根据协议栈功能可以将gNB拆分为两个部分:CU和DU,即,对基站的协议栈进行了划分,CU和DU分别具有基站不同部分的协议栈。通常地,将业务数据适应协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层、无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层和分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层(其中PDCP层包括控制面PDCP-C层和用户面PDCP-U层)配置在CU中,将无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层(其中RLC层包括控制面RLC-C层和用户面RLC-U层)、媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)层和物理层(physical layer,PHY)配置在DU中。应理解,上述协议栈的划分仅为示例而非限定,本申请实施例对协议栈的划分方式不做限定。As shown in Figure 3A, for the base station gNB of NR, the gNB can be divided into two parts according to the function of the protocol stack: CU and DU, that is, the protocol stack of the base station is divided. CU and DU have different parts of the base station. Protocol stack. Generally, the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer, radio resource control (RRC) layer, and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer (where the PDCP layer includes the control plane) The PDCP-C layer and the user plane PDCP-U layer) are configured in the CU, and the radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer (where the RLC layer includes the control plane RLC-C layer and the user plane RLC-U layer), The medium access control (MAC) layer and the physical layer (PHY) are configured in the DU. It should be understood that the division of the protocol stack described above is only an example and not a limitation, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the division of the protocol stack.
一个gNB可以包含一个CU和多个DU,CU和DU通过F1接口进行连接,一个CU可同时连接多个DU,一个DU只连接一个CU。CU与其他的gNB采用Xn接口连接,CU与5GC之间采用NG接口连接。另外,在具体实现的过程中,考虑到系统的容错和稳定性,一个DU也可以连接多个CU(这仅仅是实现,而不标准化)。A gNB can contain one CU and multiple DUs. CU and DU are connected through the F1 interface. One CU can be connected to multiple DUs at the same time, and one DU can only be connected to one CU. The CU is connected with other gNBs using the Xn interface, and the CU is connected with the 5GC using the NG interface. In addition, in the specific implementation process, considering the fault tolerance and stability of the system, one DU can also be connected to multiple CUs (this is only an implementation, not standardization).
如上文所述,在无线接入网设备是CU-DU分离架构下,可以支持共享DU,一个DU对应一个物理小区,而一个物理小区中可以被配置多个逻辑小区,相应的,CU可以从逻辑上被划分为多个逻辑CU。如图3A中所示,假设DU的物理小区中配置了两个逻辑小区,则CU可以认为被划分为两个逻辑CU,即第一逻辑CU和第二逻辑CU。第一DU可以选择接入第一逻辑CU,也可以选择接入第二逻辑CU(也即,第一逻辑CU和第二逻辑CU共享第一DU),同理第二DU可以选择接入第一逻辑CU,也可以选择接入第二逻辑CU(也即,第一逻辑CU和第二逻辑CU共享第二DU)。As mentioned above, under the CU-DU separation architecture of the radio access network equipment, it can support shared DU. One DU corresponds to one physical cell, and a physical cell can be configured with multiple logical cells. Correspondingly, the CU can be configured from Logically divided into multiple logical CUs. As shown in FIG. 3A, assuming that two logical cells are configured in the physical cell of the DU, the CU can be considered to be divided into two logical CUs, that is, a first logical CU and a second logical CU. The first DU can choose to connect to the first logical CU or the second logical CU (that is, the first logical CU and the second logical CU share the first DU). Similarly, the second DU can choose to connect to the second logical CU. A logical CU may also choose to access a second logical CU (that is, the first logical CU and the second logical CU share the second DU).
应当理解,本文中的DU共享可以为物理实体的共享,也可以为逻辑实体的共享。在物理共享DU场景下,一个DU在一个时刻只能和一个CU相连。It should be understood that the DU sharing in this document can be the sharing of physical entities or the sharing of logical entities. In the physical shared DU scenario, one DU can only be connected to one CU at a time.
以图3A中的第一DU共享为例,即以第一逻辑CU和第二逻辑CU共享第一DU为例。Take the sharing of the first DU in FIG. 3A as an example, that is, take the sharing of the first DU by the first logical CU and the second logical CU as an example.
参见图3B,是对第一DU共享是物理实体共享的举例。物理实体第一DU可进一步拆分为逻辑实体DU#A和DU#B,DU#A和DU#B都部署在物理实体第一DU内。第一逻辑CU和第一DU内的逻辑DU#A组成RAN1,第二逻辑CU和第一DU内的逻辑DU#B组成RAN2。在图3B所示的场景中,第一逻辑CU和第二逻辑CU连接同一个物理实体DU即第一DU,但第一逻辑CU和第二逻辑CU分别连接的是第一DU内的两个不同的逻辑DU,所以第一逻辑CU和第二逻辑CU共享第一DU的物理资源实例。Referring to FIG. 3B, it is an example that the sharing of the first DU is physical entity sharing. The first DU of the physical entity can be further divided into logical entities DU#A and DU#B, and both DU#A and DU#B are deployed in the first DU of the physical entity. The first logical CU and the logical DU#A in the first DU constitute RAN1, and the second logical CU and the logical DU#B in the first DU constitute RAN2. In the scenario shown in Figure 3B, the first logical CU and the second logical CU are connected to the same physical entity DU, that is, the first DU, but the first logical CU and the second logical CU are respectively connected to two of the first DU Different logical DUs, so the first logical CU and the second logical CU share the physical resource instance of the first DU.
参见图3C,是对第一DU共享是逻辑实体共享的举例。物理实体第一DU可进一步拆分为逻辑实体DU#A和DU#B,DU#A和DU#B都部署在物理实体第一DU内。第一逻辑CU和第一DU内的逻辑DU#A组成RAN1,第二逻辑CU和第一DU内的逻辑DU#A组成RAN2。在图3C所示的场景中,第一逻辑CU和第二逻辑CU不仅连接同一个物理实体 DU即第一DU,而且第一逻辑CU和第二逻辑CU连接第一DU内的同一个逻辑DU,所以第一逻辑CU和第二逻辑CU共享第一DU的逻辑资源实例(即DU#A)。Referring to FIG. 3C, it is an example that the sharing of the first DU is the sharing of logical entities. The first DU of the physical entity can be further divided into logical entities DU#A and DU#B, and both DU#A and DU#B are deployed in the first DU of the physical entity. The first logical CU and the logical DU#A in the first DU constitute RAN1, and the second logical CU and the logical DU#A in the first DU constitute RAN2. In the scenario shown in FIG. 3C, the first logical CU and the second logical CU are not only connected to the same physical entity DU, that is, the first DU, but also the first logical CU and the second logical CU are connected to the same logical DU in the first DU. , So the first logical CU and the second logical CU share the logical resource instance of the first DU (ie DU#A).
应理解,本申请实施例所提供的技术方案,同时适用于物理DU共享和逻辑DU共享两种部署场景。为了便于叙述,对于物理DU共享的部署场景,统一将第一逻辑CU与DU#A间的通信描述为是第一逻辑CU和第一DU的通信,将第二逻辑CU与DU#B间的通信描述为是第二逻辑CU和第一DU间的通信;对于逻辑DU共享的部署场景,统一将第一逻辑CU与DU#A间的通信描述为是第一逻辑CU和第一DU的通信,将第二逻辑CU与DU#A间的通信描述为是第二逻辑CU和第一DU间的通信。也即,在后文中所涉及到的DU,不区分是逻辑DU还是物理DU。It should be understood that the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are applicable to both physical DU sharing and logical DU sharing deployment scenarios. For ease of description, for the deployment scenario of physical DU sharing, the communication between the first logical CU and DU#A is uniformly described as the communication between the first logical CU and the first DU, and the communication between the second logical CU and DU#B The communication is described as the communication between the second logical CU and the first DU; for the deployment scenario where the logical DU is shared, the communication between the first logical CU and DU#A is uniformly described as the communication between the first logical CU and the first DU , The communication between the second logical CU and DU#A is described as the communication between the second logical CU and the first DU. That is, the DU involved in the following text does not distinguish whether it is a logical DU or a physical DU.
应理解,在无线接入网设备是CU-DU分离架构下,DU所支持的网络与DU连接的每个逻辑CU所支持的网络均存在交集。其中,DU连接的任一逻辑CU所支持的网络与DU所支持的网络的交集,可以与该任一逻辑CU所支持的网络完全相同(这种情况下,第一DU所支持的网络可能是所有逻辑CU所支持的网络的并集),或者仅仅是该任一逻辑CU所支持的网络的一部分,这里不做限制。It should be understood that under the CU-DU separation architecture of the radio access network equipment, there is an intersection between the network supported by the DU and the network supported by each logical CU connected to the DU. Among them, the intersection of the network supported by any logical CU connected to the DU and the network supported by the DU may be exactly the same as the network supported by any logical CU (in this case, the network supported by the first DU may be The union of the networks supported by all logical CUs), or just a part of the networks supported by any logical CU, there is no restriction here.
仍以图3B或图3C中的第一DU为例。例如,第一逻辑CU支持的网络为{1,2},第二逻辑CU支持的网络为{3,4},第一DU支持的网络为{1,2,3,4}。又如,第一逻辑CU支持的网络为{1,2},第二逻辑CU支持的网络为{3,4},第一DU支持的网络为{1,4,5}。Still take the first DU in FIG. 3B or FIG. 3C as an example. For example, the network supported by the first logical CU is {1, 2}, the network supported by the second logical CU is {3, 4}, and the network supported by the first DU is {1, 2, 3, 4}. For another example, the network supported by the first logical CU is {1, 2}, the network supported by the second logical CU is {3, 4}, and the network supported by the first DU is {1, 4, 5}.
在文本接下来的实施例中,主要以第一DU所支持的网络是所有逻辑CU所支持的网络的并集为例,也即第一DU支持其连接的每个逻辑CU所支持的网络。In the following embodiments of the text, it is mainly taken as an example that the network supported by the first DU is the union of the networks supported by all logical CUs, that is, the first DU supports the networks supported by each logical CU to which it is connected.
为了便于叙述,本文接下来的描述中将第一逻辑CU简称为“第一CU”,以下将第二逻辑CU简称为“第二CU”。For ease of description, the first logical CU is referred to as "first CU" in the following description, and the second logical CU is referred to as "second CU" in the following.
应理解的是,图3A至图3C中仅仅示意了本申请实施例涉及的几个功能或设备,通信系统架构中还可以包括更多或更少的功能或设备。例如,图3A中的5GC中还可以包括统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)或数据网络(data network,DN)等,DU还可以被配置更多的逻辑小区等。It should be understood that FIGS. 3A to 3C only illustrate a few functions or devices involved in the embodiments of the present application, and the communication system architecture may also include more or fewer functions or devices. For example, the 5GC in FIG. 3A may also include unified data management (UDM) or data network (DN), and the DU may also be configured with more logical cells.
本申请实施例适用的通信系统架构并不局限于图3A至图3C所示,能够实现图3A至图3C所示各个设备的功能的通信系统架构均适用于本申请。The communication system architecture applicable to the embodiments of the present application is not limited to those shown in FIGS. 3A to 3C, and communication system architectures that can implement the functions of the devices shown in FIGS. 3A to 3C are all applicable to the present application.
本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a和b,a和c,b和c,或a和b和c。The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of this application can be used interchangeably. "At least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a and b and c.
以及,除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。例如,第一优先级准则和第二优先级准则,只是为了区分不同的准则,而并不是表示这两种准则的内容、优先级或者重要程度等的不同。And, unless otherwise stated, the ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" mentioned in the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or order of multiple objects. Importance. For example, the first priority criterion and the second priority criterion are only for distinguishing different criteria, but do not indicate the difference in content, priority, or importance of the two criteria.
此外,本申请实施例和权利要求书及附图中的术语“包括”和“具有”不是排他的。例如, 包括了一系列步骤或模块的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备,不限定于已列出的步骤或模块,还可以包括没有列出的步骤或模块。In addition, the terms "including" and "having" in the embodiments of the present application, claims and drawings are not exclusive. For example, a process, method, system, product, or device that includes a series of steps or modules is not limited to the listed steps or modules, and may also include unlisted steps or modules.
如图4A所示,本申请一实施例提供一种终端接入网络的方法,该方法可以应用于图3A所示的网络架构,但不限于图3A所示的网络架构。本实施例中的第一DU、第一CU和第二CU均不能感知终端所选择接入的CAG ID,当第一DU当前选择的第一CU上配置的PNI-NPN网络不支持终端请求接入的网络时,AMF可以指示第一DU重新选择CU(如第二CU)将终端接入网络,具体请参见S401A~S407A。As shown in FIG. 4A, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network. The method can be applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3A, but is not limited to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3A. In this embodiment, the first DU, the first CU, and the second CU cannot perceive the CAG ID that the terminal selects to access. When the PNI-NPN network configured on the first CU currently selected by the first DU does not support the terminal requesting access When entering the network, the AMF can instruct the first DU to reselect a CU (such as the second CU) to connect the terminal to the network. For details, see S401A to S407A.
应理解,本实施例中的第一CU和第二CU均指逻辑CU,例如第一CU和第二CU分别为图3A或图3B或图3C中的第一逻辑CU和第二逻辑CU。It should be understood that both the first CU and the second CU in this embodiment refer to logical CUs. For example, the first CU and the second CU are the first logical CU and the second logical CU in FIG. 3A or FIG. 3B or FIG. 3C, respectively.
本实施例中的第一DU可以指逻辑DU也可以指物理DU。例如,在图3B所示的物理DU共享场景下,本实施例中的第一DU为图3B所示的第一DU,是一个物理DU,包括逻辑DU#A和逻辑DU#B。例如,在图3C所示的逻辑DU共享场景下,本实施例中的第一DU相当于图3C所示的第一DU中的CU#A,是一个逻辑DU。The first DU in this embodiment may refer to a logical DU or a physical DU. For example, in the physical DU sharing scenario shown in FIG. 3B, the first DU in this embodiment is the first DU shown in FIG. 3B, which is a physical DU, including logical DU#A and logical DU#B. For example, in the logical DU sharing scenario shown in FIG. 3C, the first DU in this embodiment is equivalent to CU#A in the first DU shown in FIG. 3C, and is a logical DU.
S401A、第一DU向已选择的第一CU发送第一请求消息,第一CU接收来自第一DU的第一请求消息,其中第一请求消息用于请求将终端接入第一CU。S401A. The first DU sends a first request message to the selected first CU, and the first CU receives the first request message from the first DU, where the first request message is used to request the terminal to access the first CU.
其中,第一DU与终端通信连接。第一DU选择第一CU的场景可以是终端初始接入时第一DU所执行的CU选择场景,也可以是UE进行RRC重建立或RRC恢复时第一DU所执行的CU选择场景,这里不做限制。为了便于表述,本申请实施例主要以终端初始接入场景为例。Wherein, the first DU is in communication connection with the terminal. The scenario in which the first DU selects the first CU may be the CU selection scenario performed by the first DU when the terminal initially accesses, or it may be the CU selection scenario performed by the first DU when the UE performs RRC re-establishment or RRC recovery. Do restrictions. For ease of presentation, the embodiments of the present application mainly take a terminal initial access scenario as an example.
应理解,这里的已选择的第一CU可以理解为:第一DU已选择第一CU,或者说第一DU和第一CU已建立F1连接,或者说第一DU和第一CU已为终端配置了传输资源。It should be understood that the selected first CU here can be understood as: the first DU has selected the first CU, or that the first DU and the first CU have established an F1 connection, or that the first DU and the first CU are already terminals The transmission resource is configured.
第一请求消息中携带终端所选择接入的网络的PLMN ID,即Selected PLMN ID。另外,为便于描述,本文中“终端所选择接入的网络的PLMN ID”也可以说成是“终端所选择接入的PLMN ID”,本文中“终端所选择接入的网络的CAG ID”也可以说成是“终端所选择接入的CAG ID”。The first request message carries the PLMN ID of the network that the terminal selects to access, that is, the Selected PLMN ID. In addition, for ease of description, the "PLMN ID of the network that the terminal selects to access" in this article can also be said to be the "PLMN ID of the PLMN that the terminal selects to access", and "the CAG ID of the network that the terminal selects to access" in this article. It can also be said as "the CAG ID that the terminal chooses to access".
应理解,终端所选择接入的网络所对应的PLMN ID和第一CU所配置的网络的PLMN ID应相同,但终端所选择接入的网络和第一CU所配置的网络并不一定相同。例如,第一CU被配置的是PLMN ID#1标识的公网,而终端所请求接入的网络为PLMN ID#1和CAG ID#1标识的PNI-NPN#1,或者,第一CU被配置的是PLMN ID#1和CAG ID#1标识的PNI-NPN#1,而终端所请求接入的网络为PLMN ID#1和CAG ID#2标识的PNI-NPN#2。It should be understood that the PLMN ID corresponding to the network selected by the terminal and the PLMN ID of the network configured by the first CU should be the same, but the network selected by the terminal to access and the network configured by the first CU are not necessarily the same. For example, the first CU is configured with the public network identified by PLMN ID#1, and the network requested by the terminal is PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#1, or the first CU is The configuration is PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#1, and the network that the terminal requests to access is PNI-NPN#2 identified by PLMN ID#1 and CAG ID#2.
在步骤S401A之前,终端还需要执行小区选择和随机接入过程。示例性的,小区选择和随机接入过程具体包括如下步骤:Before step S401A, the terminal also needs to perform cell selection and random access procedures. Exemplarily, the cell selection and random access process specifically includes the following steps:
1)终端向第一DU发送RRC建立请求(RRC setup request)消息,以请求接入第一DU下的小区;1) The terminal sends an RRC setup request (RRC setup request) message to the first DU to request access to the cell under the first DU;
2)第一DU为终端配置SRB1的RLC、MAC、PHY等逻辑实体资源,选择第一CU,并向第一CU发送初始上行RRC消息(initial UL RRC message),传输配置的相关参数;2) The first DU configures logical entity resources such as RLC, MAC, and PHY of SRB1 for the terminal, selects the first CU, and sends an initial UL RRC message (initial UL RRC message) to the first CU, and transmits the related parameters of the configuration;
3)第一CU基于收到的配置参数,配置SDAP、PDCP层逻辑实体,并将SDAP、PDCP、参数发送给DU。3) The first CU configures the SDAP and PDCP layer logical entities based on the received configuration parameters, and sends the SDAP, PDCP, and parameters to the DU.
应理解,上述步骤2)、步骤3)中第一DU和第一CU为UE配置SRB1时,DU和CU并不知道终端所选择的PLMN ID和CAG ID。It should be understood that when the first DU and the first CU configure SRB1 for the UE in steps 2) and 3), the DU and CU do not know the PLMN ID and CAG ID selected by the terminal.
4)DU向终端发送RRC建立(RRC setup)消息,消息中携带SDAP、PDCP、RLC、MAC、PHY等参数,以使终端在终端侧为SRB1配置响应逻辑实体;4) The DU sends an RRC setup (RRC setup) message to the terminal, which carries parameters such as SDAP, PDCP, RLC, MAC, and PHY, so that the terminal configures the response logic entity for SRB1 on the terminal side;
5)终端在初始接入的RRC建立完成(RRC setup complete)消息中上报终端所选择接入的网络所对应的PLMN ID,但并不上报终端所选择接入的CAG ID。5) The terminal reports the PLMN ID corresponding to the network that the terminal selects to access in the RRC setup complete message of the initial access, but does not report the CAG ID that the terminal selects to access.
在执行上述步骤1)~5)后,第一DU向已选择的第一CU发送上述第一请求消息。After performing the foregoing steps 1) to 5), the first DU sends the foregoing first request message to the selected first CU.
在本申请实施例中,第一CU可以是第一DU首次选择的CU,也可以是第一DU重新选择的CU(即第一DU在通过其他CU尝试将终端接入网络失败后,重新选择的一个CU)。In the embodiment of the present application, the first CU may be the CU selected by the first DU for the first time, or the CU reselected by the first DU (that is, the first DU reselects the CU after trying to connect the terminal to the network through other CUs and fails. One CU).
如果第一CU为第一DU重新选择的CU,则第一请求消息除携带selected PLMN ID外,还可以携带以下信息中的一项或多项:1)第一DU的CU重选信息,用以指示第一DU是否已经进行过CU重选、或者第一DU已执行的CU重选次数、或者第一DU连接的CU中还存在未选择的CU等信息;为了便于描述,这里将第一DU的CU重选信息称为指示信息#4;2)PLMN ID,这里的PLMN ID为不同于selected PLMN ID的其他PLMN ID或者PLMN ID列表;3)CAG ID;4)终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息(CAG-only access);5)终端的被允许接入的封闭访问组CAG列表(allowed CAG list)。If the first CU is the CU reselected by the first DU, in addition to the selected PLMN ID, the first request message may also carry one or more of the following information: 1) CU reselection information of the first DU, To indicate whether the first DU has undergone CU reselection, or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU, or information such as unselected CUs in the CU to which the first DU is connected; for ease of description, the first The CU reselection information of the DU is called indication information #4; 2) PLMN ID, where the PLMN ID is another PLMN ID or PLMN ID list that is different from the selected PLMN ID; 3) CAG ID; 4) Whether the terminal can only be accessed CAG cell indication information (CAG-only access); 5) The closed access group CAG list (allowed CAG) of the terminal that is allowed to access.
当然,如果第一CU是第一DU首次选择的CU,第一请求消息也可以携带第一DU的CU重选信息,在这种情况下第一DU的CU重选信息是用以指示:第一DU未进行过CU重选、或者第一DU已执行的CU重选次数为0、或者第一DU连接的CU中还存在未选择的CU等。Of course, if the first CU is the CU selected by the first DU for the first time, the first request message may also carry the CU reselection information of the first DU. In this case, the CU reselection information of the first DU is used to indicate: A DU has not undergone CU reselection, or the number of times of CU reselection performed by the first DU is 0, or there are unselected CUs among the CUs connected to the first DU, etc.
可选的,第一请求消息是终端设备初始接入时,第一DU向第一CU发送的上行RRC消息(UL RRC message)。UL RRC message携带Selected PLMN ID、RRC容器(container),其中RRC container包含空口UE上报的相关信息。Optionally, the first request message is an uplink RRC message (UL RRC message) sent by the first DU to the first CU when the terminal device initially accesses. The UL RRC message carries the Selected PLMN ID and the RRC container (container), where the RRC container contains the relevant information reported by the air interface UE.
S402A、第一CU向AMF发送第三请求消息,AMF接收来自第一CU的第三请求消息,其中第三请求消息用于请求将终端接入AMF。S402A. The first CU sends a third request message to the AMF, and the AMF receives the third request message from the first CU, where the third request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF.
其中,第三请求消息携带第一CU所支持的PLMN ID和CAG ID列表,以使得后续步骤S403A中AMF判断第一CU是否支持所述终端接入。应理解,第一CU所支持的PLMN ID包括selected PLMN ID。Wherein, the third request message carries a list of PLMN IDs and CAG IDs supported by the first CU, so that in the subsequent step S403A, the AMF determines whether the first CU supports the terminal access. It should be understood that the PLMN ID supported by the first CU includes the selected PLMN ID.
第三请求消息中还携带用于指示RAN是否为CU-DU分离式架构的指示信息,以便于后续步骤S403A中AMF判断出第一CU不支持终端接入后,判断是否需要指示第一DU重选CU。为了便于描述,本申请实施例中将用于指示RAN是否为CU-DU分离式架构的指示信息称为指示信息#1。The third request message also carries indication information for indicating whether the RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture, so that after the AMF determines that the first CU does not support terminal access in the subsequent step S403A, it determines whether it is necessary to instruct the first DU to reconnect. Choose CU. For ease of description, the indication information used to indicate whether the RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture is referred to as indication information #1 in the embodiment of the present application.
可选的,第一CU是第一DU首次选择的CU,则第三请求消息是initial UE message。Optionally, the first CU is the CU selected by the first DU for the first time, and the third request message is the initial UE message.
可选的,第一CU是重新选择的CU,则第三请求消息是initial UE message或路径切换请求(path switch request)消息。Optionally, the first CU is a reselected CU, and the third request message is an initial UE message or a path switch request (path switch request) message.
可选的,第三请求消息中包含第一DU的CU重选信息,其中,第一CU获得CU重选信息的方式可以是第一DU上报给第一CU,或者是其它网元(如核心网)通知给第一CU,这里不做限制。Optionally, the third request message contains the CU reselection information of the first DU, where the first CU obtains the CU reselection information by reporting the first DU to the first CU, or other network elements (such as core Net) notify the first CU, there is no restriction here.
S403A、AMF根据终端的签约信息判断第一CU是否支持终端接入。S403A. The AMF determines whether the first CU supports terminal access according to the subscription information of the terminal.
这里的第一CU是否支持中终端接入可以理解为:第一CU所配置的网络是否支持终端接入,或者说第一CU所配置的网络是否是终端已签约的网络,或者说第一CU所配置的网络的类型是否和终端已签约的网络的类型相匹配。Whether the first CU supports the terminal access can be understood as: whether the network configured by the first CU supports terminal access, or whether the network configured by the first CU is a network that the terminal has subscribed to, or the first CU Whether the type of the configured network matches the type of the network that the terminal has subscribed to.
AMF比较第三请求消息中携带的PLMN ID和其所支持的CAG ID列表(即第一CU所支持的PLMN ID和CAG ID列表),和AMF本地存储的终端签约信息中终端所被允许接入的PLMN ID列表和每个PLMN ID所支持的CAG ID列表,如果没有重叠的PLMN ID+CAG ID的组合,则判定第一CU不支持终端接入。The AMF compares the PLMN ID carried in the third request message with the supported CAG ID list (that is, the PLMN ID and CAG ID list supported by the first CU), and the terminal subscription information stored locally in the AMF that the terminal is allowed to access If there is no overlapping PLMN ID+CAG ID list, and the CAG ID list supported by each PLMN ID, it is determined that the first CU does not support terminal access.
S404A、若第一CU支持终端接入,则AMF对终端执行准入控制流程,例如向第一CU发送初始上下文建立请求(initial context setup request)消息,具体的准入控制流程可参考相关现有技术,这里不赘述。S404A. If the first CU supports terminal access, the AMF performs an admission control process on the terminal, for example, sending an initial context setup request message to the first CU. For the specific admission control process, please refer to relevant existing Technology, I won’t go into details here.
S405A、若第一CU不支持终端接入,则AMF向第一CU发送第三响应消息,第一CU接收来自AMF的第三响应消息。S405A: If the first CU does not support terminal access, the AMF sends a third response message to the first CU, and the first CU receives the third response message from the AMF.
具体的,第三请求消息包含用于指示RAN是否为CU-DU分离式架构的指示信息(即上述指示信息#1),AMF根据第三请求消息获知RAN是否为CU-DU分离式架构后,向第一CU发送第三响应消息。如果RAN不是CU-DU分离式架构,则直接拒绝终端接入,例如发送error indication消息给第一CU;如果RAN是CU-DU分离式架构,则向第一CU发送第三响应消息。其中,第三响应消息用于指示第一DU重新选择CU,第三响应消息中携带辅助信息,辅助信息用于辅助第一DU选择第二CU。Specifically, the third request message includes indication information for indicating whether the RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture (that is, the above-mentioned indication information #1). After the AMF learns whether the RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture according to the third request message, Send a third response message to the first CU. If the RAN is not in the CU-DU separated architecture, the terminal is directly denied access, for example, sending an error indication message to the first CU; if the RAN is in the CU-DU separated architecture, the third response message is sent to the first CU. The third response message is used to instruct the first DU to select a CU again, the third response message carries auxiliary information, and the auxiliary information is used to assist the first DU to select the second CU.
示例性的,假设第一CU支持PLMN ID#1标识的公网,还支持PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#1标识的PNI-NPN#1;第二CU支持PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#2标识的PNI-NPN#2。假设UE签约了PLMN ID#1+CAG#2标识的PNI-NPN#2,AMF虽然判断出第一CU不支持终端接入,但是发现终端签约了相同PLMN ID所支持的其他PNI-NPN(即PNI-NPN#2),所以AMF不直接拒绝终端接入,而是指示第一DU进行CU重选。Exemplarily, suppose that the first CU supports the public network identified by PLMN ID#1, and also supports PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#1; the second CU supports PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#2 Identified PNI-NPN#2. Suppose that the UE has subscribed to the PNI-NPN#2 identified by the PLMN ID#1+CAG#2. Although the AMF determines that the first CU does not support terminal access, it finds that the terminal has subscribed to other PNI-NPNs supported by the same PLMN ID (i.e. PNI-NPN#2), so the AMF does not directly deny terminal access, but instructs the first DU to perform CU reselection.
其中,辅助信息包含以下信息中的一项或多项:Among them, the auxiliary information includes one or more of the following information:
1)用以指示重新选择CU的指示信息,为了便于描述,这里将用以指示重新选择CU的指示信息称为指示信息#2;1) Instruction information for instructing to reselect CU. For ease of description, the instruction information for instructing to reselect CU is referred to as instruction information #2;
2)PLMN ID;2) PLMN ID;
这里的PLMN ID可为selected PLMN ID,也可以为其他PLMN ID或者PLMN ID列表。The PLMN ID here can be a selected PLMN ID, or it can be another PLMN ID or a list of PLMN IDs.
3)封闭访问组标识CAG ID;3) Closed access group identification CAG ID;
一个PLMN ID和一个CAG ID可以标识一个PNI-NPN。selected PLMN ID和第3)项中的CAG ID所标识的PNI-NPN的组合用于指示重新选择的第二CU的PNI-NPN;或者,上述第2)项的PLMN ID和第3)项中的CAG ID所标识的PNI-NPN的组合用于指示重新选择的第二CU的PNI-NPN。A PLMN ID and a CAG ID can identify a PNI-NPN. The combination of the selected PLMN ID and the PNI-NPN identified by the CAG ID in item 3) is used to indicate the PNI-NPN of the second CU to be reselected; or, the PLMN ID in item 2) and item 3) above The combination of PNI-NPN identified by the CAG ID is used to indicate the PNI-NPN of the second CU to be reselected.
4)终端的被允许接入的封闭访问组CAG列表(allowed CAG list),用于辅助第一DU重新CAG ID包含在该allowed CAG list中的CU。;4) The closed access group CAG list (allowed CAG list) of the terminal that is allowed to access is used to assist the first DU to renew the CAG ID of the CU included in the allowed CAG list. ;
5)终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息(CAG-only access),用于辅助第一DU重新选择被配置了CAG的CU。为了便于描述,这里将CAG-only access称为指示信息#3。5) The indication information (CAG-only access) of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell is used to assist the first DU in reselecting the CU configured with CAG. For ease of description, CAG-only access is referred to as indication information #3 here.
上述第1)项信息可以用于显性地指示第一DU执行CU重选,即第一DU如果收到用以指示重新选择CU的指示信息则直接获知需要执行重选CU的操作。The above-mentioned information in item 1) can be used to explicitly instruct the first DU to perform CU reselection, that is, if the first DU receives instruction information for instructing to reselect a CU, it directly learns that the CU reselection operation needs to be performed.
上述第2)~第5)项还可以用于隐性地指示第一DU执行CU重选,也即如果没有收到上述第1)项,但收到上述第2)~第5)项中的至少任一项,第一DU能获知需要执行重选CU的操作。Items 2) to 5) above can also be used to implicitly instruct the first DU to perform CU reselection, that is, if item 1) above is not received, but items 2) to 5) above are received At least any of the items, the first DU can learn that it needs to perform the operation of reselecting the CU.
可选的,第三请求消息中包含第一DU的CU重选信息,其中,第一CU获得CU重选信息的方式可以是第一DU上报给第一CU,或者是其它网元(如核心网)通知给第一CU,这里不做限制。Optionally, the third request message contains the CU reselection information of the first DU, where the first CU obtains the CU reselection information by reporting the first DU to the first CU, or other network elements (such as core Net) notify the first CU, there is no restriction here.
例如可以包含第一DU是否执行过CU重选或者第一DU已执行的CU重选次数或者第一DU连接的CU中还存在未选择的CU等信息。相应的,AMF只有在根据第三请求消息确定第一DU未执行过CU重选、或者第一DU已执行的CU重选次数不超过预设值、或者第一DU连接的CU中还存在未选择的CU后,向第一CU发送第三响应消息;否则,可以直接拒绝终端接入,例如发送错误指示(error indication)消息给第一CU。例如,第一DU连接的CU中不存在未选择的CU,则表明第一DU已经为终端尝试连接所有可能的CU但均不能成功将终端接入网络,这种情况下,AMF直接拒绝终端接入。For example, it may include information such as whether the first DU has performed CU reselection, the number of times the first DU has performed CU reselection, or the CU to which the first DU is connected, and there are still unselected CUs. Correspondingly, the AMF can only determine according to the third request message that the first DU has not performed CU reselection, or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU does not exceed the preset value, or there are still unselected CUs in the CU connected to the first DU. After the selected CU, a third response message is sent to the first CU; otherwise, the terminal can be directly denied access, for example, an error indication (error indication) message is sent to the first CU. For example, if there is no unselected CU among the CUs connected to the first DU, it indicates that the first DU has tried to connect to all possible CUs for the terminal but failed to connect the terminal to the network. In this case, the AMF directly refuses the terminal to connect to the network. enter.
可选的,第三响应消息具体是错误指示(error indication)消息或初始上下文建立请求(initial context setup request)消息。当然还可以是其他消息,这里不做限制。应理解,如果第三响应消息是复用现有的消息,例如第三响应消息为error indication消息或initial context setup request消息,则此处第三响应消息和现有技术中的error indication消息或initial context setup request消息有所不同:第三响应消息中包含辅助信息,所以第三响应消息指示第一DU重新选择CU,而现有技术中的error indication消息不包含辅助信息,用于拒绝终端接入,现有技术中的initial context setup request消息不包含辅助信息,用于为请求第一CU为终端建立上下文。Optionally, the third response message is specifically an error indication (error indication) message or an initial context setup request (initial context setup request) message. Of course, it can also be other messages, and there is no restriction here. It should be understood that if the third response message reuses an existing message, for example, the third response message is an error indication message or an initial context setup request message, then the third response message here is the same as the error indication message or initial in the prior art. The context setup request message is different: the third response message contains auxiliary information, so the third response message instructs the first DU to reselect the CU, while the error indication message in the prior art does not contain auxiliary information and is used to deny terminal access The initial context setup request message in the prior art does not include auxiliary information, and is used to request the first CU to establish a context for the terminal.
S406A、第一CU向第一DU发送第一响应消息,第一DU接收来自第一CU的第一响应消息,第一响应消息用于指示第一DU重新选择CU。S406A. The first CU sends a first response message to the first DU, and the first DU receives the first response message from the first CU, where the first response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU.
具体的,第一CU根据第三响应消息信息判断第一DU是否需要进行CU重选择,若需重选择,第一CU向第一DU发送第一响应消息。Specifically, the first CU determines whether the first DU needs to perform CU reselection according to the third response message information, and if reselection is required, the first CU sends a first response message to the first DU.
第一响应消息中包含以下信息中的一项或多项:1)指示信息#2;2)PLMN ID;3)CAG ID;4)指示信息#3;5)终端的被允许接入的allowed CAG list。The first response message contains one or more of the following information: 1) Indication information #2; 2) PLMN ID; 3) CAG ID; 4) Indication information #3; 5) Allowed access of the terminal CAG list.
可选的,第一响应消息是下行RRC信息转发(DL RRC message transfer)消息。Optionally, the first response message is a downlink RRC message transfer (DL RRC message transfer) message.
S407A、第一DU根据第一响应消息重新选择CU。S407A: The first DU reselects a CU according to the first response message.
例如,第一响应消息中仅携带指示信息#2,则第一DU从未选择过的CU中随机选择一个CU。例如,第一响应消息中携带终端签约的PLMN ID、CAG ID,则第一DU可以从所有CU中选择支持PLMN ID、CAG ID的CU(应理解,在第一DU和CU进行F1接口建立时,第一DU和CU会相互告知各自支持的网络情况,例如PLMN ID、CAG ID等)。当然,实际的选择方法不限于以上两种,具体的选择方法可以根据第一响应消息携带的信息来确定。For example, if the first response message only carries indication information #2, then the first DU randomly selects a CU from CUs that have never been selected. For example, if the first response message carries the PLMN ID and CAG ID subscribed by the terminal, the first DU can select a CU that supports the PLMN ID and CAG ID from all CUs (it should be understood that when the first DU and CU perform F1 interface establishment, , The first DU and CU will inform each other of the network conditions they support, such as PLMN ID, CAG ID, etc.). Of course, the actual selection method is not limited to the above two, and the specific selection method can be determined according to the information carried in the first response message.
第一DU在重新选择CU之后,再次向重新选择的CU发起接入流程(重新选择的CU不同于第一CU,例如为第二CU),即返回S401A,基于重新选择的CU重新执行上述图4A的方法流程。After the first DU reselects the CU, it initiates the access procedure to the reselected CU again (the reselected CU is different from the first CU, for example, the second CU), that is, returns to S401A, and re-executes the above figure based on the reselected CU 4A method flow.
根据上述可知,本申请实施例中AMF发现第一DU选择的CU不支持终端接入时,可以不直接拒绝终端接入,而是返回辅助信息辅助第一DU重新选择CU继续接入过程,能够避免AMF直接拒绝终端接入导致终端需要重新进行(物理)小区选择和随机接入过程的问题,可以节省空口信令开销,降低终端接入网络的时延。为了更好地理解上述方法流程,接下来列举一个完整的例子。According to the above, when the AMF finds that the CU selected by the first DU does not support terminal access in the embodiment of the application, it may not directly reject the terminal access, but return auxiliary information to assist the first DU to reselect the CU to continue the access process. It avoids the problem that the AMF directly refuses the terminal access and causes the terminal to re-execute the (physical) cell selection and random access process, which can save air interface signaling overhead and reduce the time delay for the terminal to access the network. In order to better understand the above method flow, let's enumerate a complete example.
参见图4B,假设第一CU为第一DU初始选择的CU,第二CU为终端通过第一CU接入网络失败后,根据AMF发送的辅助信息再次选择的CU,则有如下流程S401B-S411B:Referring to Figure 4B, assuming that the first CU is the CU initially selected by the first DU, and the second CU is the CU that is selected again according to the auxiliary information sent by the AMF after the terminal fails to access the network through the first CU, the following procedures are as follows: S401B-S411B :
S401B、第一DU向已选择的第一CU发送第一请求消息,第一CU接收来自第一DU的第一请求消息,其中第一请求消息用于请求将终端接入第一CU。S401B. The first DU sends a first request message to the selected first CU, and the first CU receives the first request message from the first DU, where the first request message is used to request the terminal to access the first CU.
具体实现方式参见上述S401A。注意的是,这里第一CU是第一DU初始选择的CU,所以第一请求消息是UL RRC message,具体携带Selected PLMN ID、RRC container,其中RRC container包含空口UE上报的相关信息。For specific implementation, refer to S401A above. Note that the first CU is the CU initially selected by the first DU, so the first request message is the UL RRC message, which specifically carries the Selected PLMN ID and RRC container, where the RRC container contains the relevant information reported by the air interface UE.
S402B、第一CU向AMF发送第三请求消息,AMF接收来自第一CU的第三请求消息,其中第三请求消息用于请求将终端接入AMF。S402B. The first CU sends a third request message to the AMF, and the AMF receives the third request message from the first CU, where the third request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF.
具体实现方式参见上述S402A。注意的是,这里第一CU是第一DU初始选择的CU,所以第三请求消息是initial UE message。See S402A above for specific implementation. Note that the first CU here is the CU initially selected by the first DU, so the third request message is the initial UE message.
可选的,第三请求消息中包含第一DU的CU重选信息(用以指示第一DU是否已经进行过CU重选或者第一DU已执行的CU重选次数或者第一DU连接的CU中还存在未选择的CU等信息)。为了便于描述,这里将此处第一DU的CU重选信息称为指示信息#4。Optionally, the third request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU (used to indicate whether the first DU has undergone CU reselection or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU or the CU to which the first DU is connected There are also unselected CUs and other information in). For ease of description, the CU reselection information of the first DU here is referred to as indication information #4.
S403B、AMF根据终端的签约信息判断第一CU是否支持终端接入。S403B. The AMF determines whether the first CU supports terminal access according to the subscription information of the terminal.
具体实现方式参见上述S403A。See S403A above for specific implementation.
S405B、第一CU不支持终端接入,则AMF向第一CU发送第三响应消息,第一CU接收来自AMF的第三响应消息。S405B. If the first CU does not support terminal access, the AMF sends a third response message to the first CU, and the first CU receives the third response message from the AMF.
具体实现方式参见上述S405A。For specific implementation, refer to S405A above.
S406B、第一CU向第一DU发送第一响应消息,第一DU接收来自第一CU的第一响应消息,第一响应消息用于指示第一DU重新选择CU。S406B. The first CU sends a first response message to the first DU, and the first DU receives the first response message from the first CU, where the first response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU.
具体实现方式参见上述S406A。See S406A above for specific implementation.
S407B、第一DU根据第一响应消息中的辅助信息重新选择CU,在本示例中重新选择的CU是第二CU。S407B. The first DU reselects a CU according to the auxiliary information in the first response message. In this example, the reselected CU is the second CU.
例如,第一响应消息中携带PLMN ID和CAG ID,且该第一响应消息中携带PLMN ID和CAG ID用于标识第二CU中配置的非公共网络,第一DU根据第一响应消息可直接确定出第二CU。For example, the first response message carries PLMN ID and CAG ID, and the first response message carries PLMN ID and CAG ID to identify the non-public network configured in the second CU. The first DU can directly Determine the second CU.
S408B、第一DU向第二CU发送第二请求消息,其中第二请求消息用于请求将终端接入第二CU。S408B. The first DU sends a second request message to the second CU, where the second request message is used to request the terminal to access the second CU.
应理解,第二请求消息除了携带selected PLMN ID外,还可以携带以下信息中的一项或多项:It should be understood that, in addition to the selected PLMN ID, the second request message may also carry one or more of the following information:
1)第一DU的CU重选信息(用以指示第一DU是否已经进行过CU重选或者第一DU已执行的CU重选次数或者第一DU连接的CU中还存在未选择的CU等信息),为了便于描述,这里将此处第一DU的CU重选信息称为指示信息#4’;1) CU reselection information of the first DU (used to indicate whether the first DU has undergone CU reselection or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU or there are unselected CUs in the CU connected to the first DU, etc. Information). For ease of description, the CU reselection information of the first DU here is referred to as indication information #4';
2)PLMN ID,这里的PLMN ID为不同于selected PLMN ID的其他PLMN ID或者PLMN ID列表;2) PLMN ID, where the PLMN ID is another PLMN ID or a PLMN ID list that is different from the selected PLMN ID;
3)CAG ID;3) CAG ID;
4)指示信息#3;4) Instruction information #3;
5)终端的被允许接入的封闭访问组CAG列表(allowed CAG list)。5) The closed access group CAG list (allowed CAG) of the terminal that is allowed to access.
应理解,这里的上述第2)~第5)项用于隐性地指示第一DU的CU重选信息。也即, 第二CU没有收到上述第1)项,但收到上述第2)~第5)项中的至少任一项,则第二CU能也获知第一DU已执行过重选CU的操作。It should be understood that the above items 2) to 5) here are used to implicitly indicate the CU reselection information of the first DU. That is, if the second CU does not receive the above item 1), but receives at least any one of the above items 2) to 5), the second CU can also learn that the first DU has performed the reselection CU Operation.
应理解,第一DU在不同阶段发送的请求消息中所携带的第一DU的CU重选信息的内容可以不同。例如,上述第三请求消息中也可能携带第一DU的CU重选信息(如指示信息#4),指示信息#4’和指示信息#4虽然具有类似的功能(例如指示信息#4、指示信息#4’都能够用于指示第一DU是否已经进行过CU重选、已执行的CU重选次数等),但是两者的内容可以不同。例如,指示信息#4指示第一DU未进行过CU重选,而指示信息#4’指示第一DU已进行过CU重选。又如,指示信息#4可能指示第一DU已进行过0次CU重选,而指示信息#4’指示第一DU已进行过1次CU重选。It should be understood that the content of the CU reselection information of the first DU carried in the request messages sent by the first DU at different stages may be different. For example, the third request message may also carry the CU reselection information of the first DU (such as indication information #4). Although the indication information #4' and indication information #4 have similar functions (for example, indication information #4, indication information #4) Information #4' can both be used to indicate whether the first DU has undergone CU reselection, the number of CU reselections that have been performed, etc.), but the content of the two can be different. For example, indication information #4 indicates that the first DU has not undergone CU reselection, and indication information #4' indicates that the first DU has undergone CU reselection. For another example, the indication information #4 may indicate that the first DU has performed CU reselection 0 times, and the indication information #4' indicates that the first DU has performed CU reselection 1 times.
当然,不排除第一DU在不同阶段发送的请求消息中所携带的第一DU的CU重选信息的内容相同的情况,例如,第一DU在本次重选(S407B)之后还存在第二次重选CU,假设选择结果为第三CU,则第二次重选后第一DU向第三CU发送的请求消息中可以携带指示信息#4”,而指示信息#4”和第二请求消息中指示信息#4’均用于指示第一DU已经进行过CU重选。Of course, it is not ruled out that the content of the CU reselection information of the first DU carried in the request messages sent by the first DU at different stages is the same. The second reselection of the CU, assuming that the selection result is the third CU, the request message sent by the first DU to the third CU after the second reselection can carry indication information #4", and indication information #4" and the second request The indication information #4' in the message is used to indicate that the first DU has undergone CU reselection.
可选的,第二请求消息具体是initial UL RRC message。Optionally, the second request message is specifically an initial UL RRC message.
S409B、第二CU向AMF发送第四请求消息,AMF接收来自第二CU的第四请求消息,其中第四请求消息用于请求将终端接入AMF。S409B. The second CU sends a fourth request message to the AMF, and the AMF receives the fourth request message from the second CU, where the fourth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF.
应理解,这里第二CU为第一DU重新选择的CU,所以第四请求消息是initial UE message,或者是路径切换请求消息(path switch request),这里不做限制。It should be understood that the second CU here is the CU re-selected by the first DU, so the fourth request message is an initial UE message or a path switch request message (path switch request), which is not limited here.
第四请求消息中携带第一DU当前所选择接入的逻辑小区(即第二CU)中PLMN ID所支持的CAG ID列表,以使得AMF判断第二CU是否支持所述终端接入。The fourth request message carries a list of CAG IDs supported by the PLMN ID in the logical cell currently selected for access by the first DU (ie, the second CU), so that the AMF can determine whether the second CU supports the terminal access.
可选的,第四请求消息中还携带上述指示信息#4’,以便于后续AMF根据第四请求消息中的指示信息#4’确定第一DU是否已执行过CU重选,或者第一DU已执行的CU重选次数是否未超过预设值,或者第一DU连接的CU中是否存在未选择的CU。Optionally, the fourth request message also carries the above-mentioned indication information #4', so that the subsequent AMF can determine whether the first DU has performed CU reselection according to the indication information #4' in the fourth request message, or the first DU Whether the number of performed CU reselections does not exceed a preset value, or whether there is an unselected CU among the CUs connected to the first DU.
当然,第四请求消息也可以通过携带上述PLMN ID、CAG ID、指示信息#3、或终端的allowed CAG list等来隐性地指示第一DU的CU重选信息。Of course, the fourth request message may also implicitly indicate the CU reselection information of the first DU by carrying the aforementioned PLMN ID, CAG ID, indication information #3, or the allowed CAG list of the terminal.
S410B、AMF根据终端的签约信息判断第二CU是否支持终端接入。S410B. The AMF determines whether the second CU supports terminal access according to the subscription information of the terminal.
此处判断方法可参考上文S403A的具体实现,这里不再赘述。The judgment method here can refer to the specific implementation of S403A above, which will not be repeated here.
AMF在确定第二CU支持终端接入时,执行S411B。When the AMF determines that the second CU supports terminal access, S411B is executed.
S411B、AMF对终端执行准入控制流程,例如AMF向第二CU发送initial context setup request消息,具体的准入控制流程可参考相关现有技术,这里不赘述。In S411B, the AMF performs an admission control procedure on the terminal. For example, the AMF sends an initial context setup request message to the second CU. For the specific admission control procedure, please refer to the related prior art, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,如果AMF确定第二CU仍不支持终端接入,则AMF根据指示信息#4’确定第一DU已执行过CU重选,或者第一DU已执行的CU重选次数已超过预设值,或者第一DU连接的CU中是不存在未选择的CU后,向第二CU发送error indication消息,以拒绝终端接入网络;或者,AMF根据指示信息#4’确定第一DU虽然已执行过CU重选但是第一DU已执行的CU重选次数未超过预设值、或者第一DU连接的CU中除了第一CU和第二CU外还存在其他未被选择过的CU后,通过第二CU向第一DU再次返回指示重新选择CU的指示信息,即指示信息#2,重复执行上述S405B以后的流程,直到终端成功接入或者没有可重新选择的CU为止。Optionally, if the AMF determines that the second CU still does not support terminal access, the AMF determines that the first DU has performed CU reselection according to indication information #4', or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU has exceeded the preset number of CU reselections. If the value is set, or there is no unselected CU in the CU connected to the first DU, an error indication message is sent to the second CU to deny the terminal access to the network; or, the AMF determines that the first DU is After CU reselection has been performed but the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU has not exceeded the preset value, or the CU connected to the first DU has other unselected CUs besides the first CU and the second CU. , Through the second CU to the first DU to return the instruction information indicating the reselection of the CU again, that is, instruction information #2, and repeat the above-mentioned process after S405B until the terminal successfully accesses or there is no CU that can be reselected.
参见图5,本申请另一实施例提供一种终端接入网络的方法,该方法可以应用于图3A 所示的网络架构,但不限于图3A所示的网络架构。与图4A、图4B所示实施例不同的是,本实施例中的第一DU可以感知终端所选择接入的CAG ID,当第一CU上配置的PNI-NPN网络不支持终端请求接入的网络时,第一DU可以直接决定重选网络接入,具体请参见S501~S506。Referring to FIG. 5, another embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network. The method can be applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3A, but is not limited to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3A. Different from the embodiment shown in Figure 4A and Figure 4B, the first DU in this embodiment can sense the CAG ID that the terminal selects to access. When the PNI-NPN network configured on the first CU does not support the terminal requesting access In the case of a network, the first DU can directly decide to reselect network access. For details, please refer to S501 to S506.
应理解,本实施例中的第一CU和第二CU均指逻辑CU,例如第一CU和第二CU分别为图3A或图3B或图3C中的第一逻辑CU和第二逻辑CU。It should be understood that both the first CU and the second CU in this embodiment refer to logical CUs. For example, the first CU and the second CU are the first logical CU and the second logical CU in FIG. 3A or FIG. 3B or FIG. 3C, respectively.
本实施例中的第一DU可以指逻辑DU也可以指物理DU。例如,在图3B所示的物理DU共享场景下,本实施例中的第一DU为图3B所示的第一DU,是一个物理DU,包括逻辑DU#A和逻辑DU#B。例如,在图3C所示的逻辑DU共享场景下,本实施例中的第一DU相当于图3C所示的第一DU中的CU#A,是一个逻辑DU。The first DU in this embodiment may refer to a logical DU or a physical DU. For example, in the physical DU sharing scenario shown in FIG. 3B, the first DU in this embodiment is the first DU shown in FIG. 3B, which is a physical DU, including logical DU#A and logical DU#B. For example, in the logical DU sharing scenario shown in FIG. 3C, the first DU in this embodiment is equivalent to CU#A in the first DU shown in FIG. 3C, and is a logical DU.
S501、第一DU确定已选择的第一CU上配置的PNI-NPN网络不支持终端请求接入的网络。S501. The first DU determines that the PNI-NPN network configured on the selected first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access.
类似的,这里的已选择的第一CU可以理解为:第一DU已选择第一CU,或者说第一DU和第一CU已建立F1连接,或者说第一DU和第一CU已为终端配置了传输资源。Similarly, the selected first CU here can be understood as: the first DU has selected the first CU, or the first DU and the first CU have established an F1 connection, or the first DU and the first CU have been terminals The transmission resource is configured.
类似的,这里第一DU选择第一CU的场景可以是终端初始接入时第一DU所执行的CU选择场景,也可以是UE进行RRC重建立或RRC恢复时第一DU所执行的CU选择场景,这里不做限制。为了便于表述,本申请实施例主要以终端初始接入场景为例。Similarly, the scenario where the first DU selects the first CU can be the CU selection scenario performed by the first DU when the terminal initially accesses, or the CU selection performed by the first DU when the UE performs RRC re-establishment or RRC recovery. Scene, there is no restriction here. For ease of presentation, the embodiments of the present application mainly take a terminal initial access scenario as an example.
类似的,在执行步骤S501之前,终端还需要执行小区选择和随机接入过程,具体实现过程可以参见上文相关部分的介绍,这里不再赘述。Similarly, before performing step S501, the terminal also needs to perform cell selection and random access procedures. For specific implementation procedures, please refer to the introduction of the relevant part above, which will not be repeated here.
应理解,第一DU在选择第一CU时,还未感知到终端所选择接入的CAG ID,所以第一CU不一定支持终端接入。例如,这里已选择的第一CU是在图2所示的S202-S203阶段所选择接入的,而此时终端还未上报选择的CAG ID。It should be understood that when the first DU selects the first CU, it has not yet sensed the CAG ID that the terminal selects to access, so the first CU does not necessarily support terminal access. For example, the first CU that has been selected here is selected for access in the stages S202-S203 shown in FIG. 2, and the terminal has not yet reported the selected CAG ID at this time.
在本申请实施例中,第一DU可以获知终端选择接入的网络为公网还是PNI-NPN,当终端请求接入的为PNI-NPN,而第一DU已选择的第一CU对应的逻辑小区只支持公网或者不支持终端请求接入的PNI-NPN时,确定已选择的第一CU不支持终端请求接入的网络。In the embodiment of this application, the first DU can know whether the network that the terminal selects to access is the public network or PNI-NPN. When the terminal requests access to the PNI-NPN, and the logic corresponding to the first CU selected by the first DU When the cell only supports the public network or does not support the PNI-NPN that the terminal requests to access, it is determined that the selected first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access.
其中,第一DU获知终端选择接入的网络的方式,本申请实施例不做限制。例如,终端可以在RRC setup complete消息中同时上报终端所选择接入的网络所对应的PLMN ID和CAG ID,这样第一DU就可以通过比较第一CU支持的PLMN ID和CAG ID,与终端所选择接入的网络所对应的PLMN ID和CAG ID是否匹配,来确定第一CU上配置的PNI-NPN网络是否支持终端请求接入的PNI-NPN网络。再例如,终端可以在RRC setup complete消息中同时上报终端所选择接入的网络索引值(network index)或PLMN ID索引值(PLMN Index),第一DU可以基于以上索引值信息获悉终端请求接入的网络所对应的PLMN ID和CAG ID,这样第一DU就可以通过比较第一CU支持的PLMN ID和CAG ID,与终端所选择接入的网络所对应的PLMN ID和CAG ID是否匹配,来确定第一CU上配置的PNI-NPN网络是否支持终端请求接入的PNI-NPN网络。Among them, the first DU learns the manner in which the terminal selects to access the network, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. For example, the terminal can simultaneously report the PLMN ID and CAG ID corresponding to the network that the terminal selects to access in the RRC setup complete message, so that the first DU can compare the PLMN ID and CAG ID supported by the first CU with the terminal’s Whether the PLMN ID and CAG ID corresponding to the selected network to be accessed match is determined to determine whether the PNI-NPN network configured on the first CU supports the PNI-NPN network that the terminal requests to access. For another example, the terminal can report the network index (network index) or PLMN ID index (PLMN Index) that the terminal selects to access at the same time in the RRC setup complete message, and the first DU can learn that the terminal requests access based on the above index value information PLMN ID and CAG ID corresponding to the network, so that the first DU can compare the PLMN ID and CAG ID supported by the first CU to determine whether the PLMN ID and CAG ID corresponding to the network that the terminal selects to access match. It is determined whether the PNI-NPN network configured on the first CU supports the PNI-NPN network that the terminal requests to access.
S502、第一DU向第一CU发送第六请求消息,用于指示第一CU释放终端的上下文。S502: The first DU sends a sixth request message to the first CU, which is used to instruct the first CU to release the context of the terminal.
具体的,第六请求消息是UE上下文释放请求(UE context release request)消息、或错误指示消息(error indication)等。Specifically, the sixth request message is a UE context release request (UE context release request) message, or an error indication message (error indication), etc.
S503、第一CU释放所述终端的上下文。S503: The first CU releases the context of the terminal.
可选的,第六请求消息中包含原因值,用于指示第一CU由于不支持终端请求的 PNI-NPN网络所以需要释放终端的上下文。Optionally, the sixth request message includes a cause value, which is used to indicate that the first CU needs to release the context of the terminal because it does not support the PNI-NPN network requested by the terminal.
进一步可选的,该原因值包括以下信息中的一项或多项:Further optionally, the reason value includes one or more of the following information:
第一CU不支持终端请求的封闭访问组(CAG ID(s)not served by the CU);The first CU does not support the closed access group requested by the terminal (CAG ID(s) not served by the CU);
第一CU不支持终端请求的非公网络(NPN(s)not served by the CU);The first CU does not support the non-public network requested by the terminal (NPN(s) not served by the CU);
第一CU不支持终端请求的PNI-NPN(PNI-NPN(s)not served by the CU);The first CU does not support the PNI-NPN requested by the terminal (PNI-NPN(s) not served by the CU);
终端请求的CAG ID无效(invalid CAG ID(s));The CAG ID requested by the terminal is invalid (invalid CAG ID(s));
终端请求的NPN无效(invalid NPN);The NPN requested by the terminal is invalid (invalid NPN);
终端请求的PNI-NPN无效(invalid PNI-NPN);The PNI-NPN requested by the terminal is invalid (invalid PNI-NPN);
CAG接入拒绝(CAG access denied);CAG access denied (CAG access denied);
NPN接入拒绝(NPN access denied);NPN access denied (NPN access denied);
PNI-NPN接入拒绝(PNI-NPN access denied)。PNI-NPN access denied (PNI-NPN access denied).
S504、第一DU重新选择CU,选择结果为第二CU。S504: The first DU reselects a CU, and the selection result is the second CU.
应理解,上述步骤S502和S504不限定先后顺序。It should be understood that the sequence of steps S502 and S504 is not limited.
S505、第一DU向重新选择的第二CU发送第七请求消息,第二CU接收第七请求消息,其中第七请求消息用于请求将终端接入第二CU。S505: The first DU sends a seventh request message to the reselected second CU, and the second CU receives the seventh request message, where the seventh request message is used to request the terminal to access the second CU.
应理解,步骤S505与前述实施例中的步骤S408B是类似的。It should be understood that step S505 is similar to step S408B in the foregoing embodiment.
步骤S505之后执行的方法步骤与前述实施例中步骤S408B之后的方法步骤是类似的。The method steps performed after step S505 are similar to the method steps after step S408B in the foregoing embodiment.
例如,在步骤S505之后,还执行:For example, after step S505, it also executes:
S506、第二CU向AMF发送第九请求消息,以请求将终端接入第二CU。这里的第九请求消息类似于前述实施例中步骤S409B中的第四请求消息。S506: The second CU sends a ninth request message to the AMF to request the terminal to access the second CU. The ninth request message here is similar to the fourth request message in step S409B in the foregoing embodiment.
S507、AMF向第二CU发送第九响应消息。这里的第九响应消息类似于前述实施例中步骤S4011B的初始上下文建立请求消息。S507. The AMF sends a ninth response message to the second CU. The ninth response message here is similar to the initial context establishment request message in step S4011B in the foregoing embodiment.
对于步骤S505之后所执行的方法步骤的具体实现方式,可以参见上文S408B之后的方法步骤的具体实现方式,这里不再赘述。For the specific implementation manner of the method steps performed after step S505, please refer to the specific implementation manner of the method steps after S408B above, which will not be repeated here.
根据上述可知,当本申请实施例中第一DU能够感知终端选择接入的逻辑小区的网络类型时,如果第一DU发现已选择的第一CU不支持终端接入时,可以不直接拒绝终端接入,而是通知第一CU释放终端的上下文并重新选择CU执行接入,能够避免AMF直接拒绝终端接入导致终端需要重新进行(物理)小区选择和随机接入过程的问题,可以节省空口信令开销,降低终端接入网络的时延。According to the above, when the first DU can perceive the network type of the logical cell that the terminal selects to access in the embodiment of this application, if the first DU finds that the selected first CU does not support terminal access, it may not directly reject the terminal Instead, it notifies the first CU to release the context of the terminal and reselect the CU to perform access, which can avoid the problem that the AMF directly rejects the terminal access and causes the terminal to re-select (physical) cell selection and random access procedures, which can save air interfaces The signaling overhead reduces the time delay for the terminal to access the network.
参见图6,本申请另一实施例提供一种终端接入网络的方法,该方法可以应用于图3A所示的网络架构,但不限于图3A所示的网络架构。与图4A所示实施例不同的是,本实施例中的第一DU可以感知终端所选择接入的CAG ID,与图5实施例不同的是,当第一CU配置上的PNI-NPN网络不支持终端请求接入的网络时,第一DU指示第一CU继续向AMF发送请求,只要第一CU或第一DU所支持的任意一网络被终端所支持,AMF便可允许终端的接入。具体请参见S601~S606。Referring to FIG. 6, another embodiment of the present application provides a method for a terminal to access a network. The method can be applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3A, but is not limited to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3A. The difference from the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A is that the first DU in this embodiment can sense the CAG ID that the terminal selects to access. The difference from the embodiment in FIG. 5 is that when the first CU is configured on the PNI-NPN network When the network that the terminal requests to access is not supported, the first DU instructs the first CU to continue sending requests to the AMF. As long as the first CU or any network supported by the first DU is supported by the terminal, the AMF can allow the terminal to access . For details, please refer to S601 to S606.
应理解,本实施例中的第一CU和第二CU均指逻辑CU,例如第一CU和第二CU分别为图3A或图3B或图3C中的第一逻辑CU和第二逻辑CU。It should be understood that both the first CU and the second CU in this embodiment refer to logical CUs. For example, the first CU and the second CU are the first logical CU and the second logical CU in FIG. 3A or FIG. 3B or FIG. 3C, respectively.
本实施例中的第一DU可以指逻辑DU也可以指物理DU。例如,在图3B所示的物理DU共享场景下,本实施例中的第一DU为图3B所示的第一DU,是一个物理DU,包括逻辑DU#A和逻辑DU#B。例如,在图3C所示的逻辑DU共享场景下,本实施例中的第 一DU相当于图3C所示的第一DU中的CU#A,是一个逻辑DU。The first DU in this embodiment may refer to a logical DU or a physical DU. For example, in the physical DU sharing scenario shown in FIG. 3B, the first DU in this embodiment is the first DU shown in FIG. 3B, which is a physical DU, including logical DU#A and logical DU#B. For example, in the logical DU sharing scenario shown in FIG. 3C, the first DU in this embodiment is equivalent to CU#A in the first DU shown in FIG. 3C, and is a logical DU.
S601、第一DU确定已选择的第一CU上配置的PNI-NPN网络不支持终端请求接入的网络。S601. The first DU determines that the PNI-NPN network configured on the selected first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access.
此步骤的具体实现方式可参见上文S501的具体实现方式,这里不再赘述。For the specific implementation of this step, please refer to the specific implementation of S501 above, which will not be repeated here.
S602、第一DU向第一CU发送第五请求消息,第一CU接收来自第一分DU的第五请求消息;S602: The first DU sends a fifth request message to the first CU, and the first CU receives the fifth request message from the first sub-DU.
其中,第五请求消息用于请求第一CU向AMF发送接入请求消息。第五请求消息中携带指示信息#5,指示信息#5用于指示虽然第一CU不支持终端请求接入的网络,但第一CU仍需向AMF发送请求接入消息,以将终端接入或者使终端在线签约或者通过第三方鉴权的方式使终端接入第一DU或第一CU上配置的其它网络。The fifth request message is used to request the first CU to send an access request message to the AMF. The fifth request message carries indication information #5, which is used to indicate that although the first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, the first CU still needs to send an access request message to the AMF to allow the terminal to access Or make the terminal online contract or through a third-party authentication method to make the terminal access the first DU or other network configured on the first CU.
应理解,第一CU上配置的其它网络是指:第一CU上配置的多个网络中支持终端接入的第一网络,第一网络与终端请求接入的网络不同。示例性的,第一CU上配置了PLMN ID#1标识的公网、PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#1标识的PNI-NPN#1,UE签约了PLMN ID#1+CAG#2标识的PNI-NPN#2、PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#1标识的PNI-NPN#1,第一DU支持PLMN ID#1标识的公网、PNI-NPN#1、PNI-NPN#2,UE请求接入的网络为PNI-NPN#2,那么该其它网络即指PNI-NPN#1,PNI-NPN#1虽然不是UE请求接入的网络,但却支持UE接入。第一DU上配置的其它网络是指:第一DU上配置多个网络中支持终端接入的第二网络,第二网络与终端请求接入的网络相同或不同,且第一CU不支持该第二网络。示例性的,第一CU上配置了PLMN ID#1标识的公网、PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#1标识的PNI-NPN#1,第二CU上配置了PLMN ID#1标识的公网、PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#2标识的PNI-NPN#2,UE签约了PLMN ID#1+CAG#2标识的PNI-NPN#2,第一DU支持PLMN ID#1标识的公网、PNI-NPN#1、PNI-NPN#2,UE请求接入的网络为PNI-NPN#2,那么该其它网络即指PNI-NPN#2。It should be understood that the other network configured on the first CU refers to the first network that supports terminal access among the multiple networks configured on the first CU, and the first network is different from the network that the terminal requests to access. Exemplarily, the public network identified by PLMN ID#1 and the PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#1 are configured on the first CU, and the UE subscribes to the PNI identified by PLMN ID#1+CAG#2 -NPN#2, PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#1, the first DU supports the public network identified by PLMN ID#1, PNI-NPN#1, PNI-NPN#2, UE requests to connect The entered network is PNI-NPN#2, then the other network refers to PNI-NPN#1. Although PNI-NPN#1 is not the network that the UE requests to access, it supports UE access. The other network configured on the first DU refers to the second network that supports terminal access among multiple networks configured on the first DU. The second network is the same as or different from the network that the terminal requests to access, and the first CU does not support this The second network. Exemplarily, the public network identified by PLMN ID#1 and PNI-NPN#1 identified by PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#1 are configured on the first CU, and the public network identified by PLMN ID#1 is configured on the second CU. , PLMN ID#1+CAG ID#2 identifies PNI-NPN#2, UE signs PNI-NPN#2 identified by PLMN ID#1+CAG#2, the first DU supports the public network identified by PLMN ID#1, PNI-NPN#1, PNI-NPN#2, the network that the UE requests to access is PNI-NPN#2, then the other network refers to PNI-NPN#2.
可选的,第五请求消息具体是上行RRC信息转发(UL RRC message transfer)消息。Optionally, the fifth request message is specifically an uplink RRC message transfer (UL RRC message transfer) message.
S603、第一CU向AMF发送第八请求消息,AMF接收第八请求消息,第八请求消息用于请求将终端接入AMF。S603. The first CU sends an eighth request message to the AMF, and the AMF receives the eighth request message, which is used to request the terminal to access the AMF.
其中,第八请求消息包含指示信息#5。Among them, the eighth request message contains indication information #5.
可选的,第八请求消息还包含用于指示接入网RAN是否为CU-DU分离式架构的指示信息#1,以使AMF根据第八请求消息判断出RAN是CU-DU分离式架构后,将终端接入或者使终端在线签约或者通过第三方鉴权的方式使终端接入第一DU上配置的其它网络,例如指示第一DU重新选择第二CU的网络接入。Optionally, the eighth request message also includes indication information #1 for indicating whether the access network RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture, so that after the AMF determines that the RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture according to the eighth request message , Connect the terminal or make the terminal online contract or through the third-party authentication to make the terminal access other networks configured on the first DU, for example, instruct the first DU to re-select the network access of the second CU.
可选的,第八请求消息是initial UE message。Optionally, the eighth request message is an initial UE message.
S604、AMF判断第一DU或第一CU上配置的其它网络是否支持终端接入,若支持,则将终端接入该其它网络。S604. The AMF judges whether the first DU or other network configured on the first CU supports terminal access, and if it does, the terminal is connected to the other network.
例如,AMF接收到第一CU的第八请求消息后,判断出第一CU虽然不支持终端所请求接入的网络,但第一CU支持终端签约的其他网络,则将终端接入第一CU支持且终端签约的其他网络。For example, after the AMF receives the eighth request message of the first CU, it determines that although the first CU does not support the network requested by the terminal, but the first CU supports other networks that the terminal signs up, the terminal will be connected to the first CU. Support other networks that the terminal has contracted.
例如,AMF接收到第一CU的第八请求消息后,判断出终端第一CU虽然不支持终端所请求接入的网络,但不排除如下可能性:由于RAN为CU-DU分离架构,第一CU所连接的第一DU可能还配置有其它网络,如第一DU可能还连接了第二CU,第二CU支持终 端所请求接入的网络,则AMF发送重选CU的辅助信息,使得第一DU基于辅助信息进行CU重选,从而将所述终端接入第二CU。For example, after the AMF receives the eighth request message of the first CU, it determines that although the first CU of the terminal does not support the network requested by the terminal, the following possibility is not ruled out: Since the RAN is a CU-DU separation architecture, the first The first DU connected to the CU may also be configured with other networks. For example, the first DU may also be connected to the second CU, and the second CU supports the network requested by the terminal. One DU performs CU reselection based on the auxiliary information, thereby connecting the terminal to the second CU.
可选的,第五请求消息和/或第八请求消息中包含第一DU的CU重选信息,以使AMF判断出第一CU不支持终端请求接入的网络后,判断是否需要指示第一DU重选CU。例如AMF只有在根据第八请求消息确定第一DU未执行过CU重选、第一DU已执行的CU重选次数不超过预设值或者第一DU连接的CU中还存在未选择的CU后,才指示第一DU重选CU接入。Optionally, the fifth request message and/or the eighth request message contains the CU reselection information of the first DU, so that after the AMF determines that the first CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, it determines whether the first DU needs to be instructed. DU reselects CU. For example, the AMF only determines, according to the eighth request message, that the first DU has not performed CU reselection, the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU does not exceed a preset value, or there are unselected CUs among the CUs connected to the first DU. , Instruct the first DU to reselect CU to access.
可选的,如果第一DU上配置的其它网络(如第二CU)支持终端的接入,则还包含以下步骤:第一CU接收来自AMF的第八响应消息,其中第八响应消息用于指示第一DU重新选择CU;第一CU向第一DU发送第五响应消息,第五响应消息用于指示第一DU重新选择CU;第一DU接收第五响应消息后,重新选择第二CU发起接入过程。Optionally, if other networks (such as the second CU) configured on the first DU support terminal access, the method further includes the following steps: the first CU receives the eighth response message from the AMF, where the eighth response message is used for Instruct the first DU to reselect the CU; the first CU sends a fifth response message to the first DU, the fifth response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect the CU; after the first DU receives the fifth response message, it reselects the second CU Initiate the access process.
进一步可选的,第八响应消息和第五响应消息中包含以下信息中的一项或多项辅助信息:用以指示重新选择CU的指示信息;公共陆地移动网络标识PLMN ID;封闭访问组标识CAG ID;终端的被允许接入的封闭访问组CAG列表;终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息。Further optionally, the eighth response message and the fifth response message include one or more of the following information: instruction information for reselecting the CU; public land mobile network identification PLMN ID; closed access group identification CAG ID; the CAG list of the closed access group that the terminal is allowed to access; the indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
类似的,这里第一DU重新选择的第二CU之后所执行的方法步骤,可参考上述图4A所示实施例中第一DU重新选择的第二CU之后所执行的方法步骤,这里不再赘述。Similarly, the method steps performed after the second CU reselected by the first DU may refer to the method steps performed after the second CU reselected by the first DU in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A, which will not be repeated here. .
根据上述可知,当本申请实施例中第一DU可感知终端选择接入的逻辑小区的网络类型时,如果第一DU发现已选择的第一CU不支持终端接入时,可以不直接拒绝终端接入,而是指示第一CU继续向AMF发送请求,只要第一CU或第一DU所支持的任意一网络被终端所支持,AMF便可允许终端的接入。能够避免AMF直接拒绝终端接入导致终端需要重新进行(物理)小区选择和随机接入过程的问题,可以节省空口信令开销,降低终端接入网络的时延。According to the above, when the first DU can perceive the network type of the logical cell that the terminal selects to access in the embodiment of this application, if the first DU finds that the selected first CU does not support terminal access, it may not directly reject the terminal Access, but instructs the first CU to continue sending a request to the AMF. As long as any network supported by the first CU or the first DU is supported by the terminal, the AMF can allow the terminal to access. It can avoid the problem that the AMF directly refuses the terminal access and the terminal needs to re-select (physical) cell selection and random access procedures, which can save air interface signaling overhead and reduce the time delay for the terminal to access the network.
本申请另一实施例中,可以定义同一个PLMN ID所对应的公网或者NPN网络需要配置有相同的cell identity,从而使得相同的cell identity指向了同一个CU。这样,可以避免不同cell identity(即不同的CU)被配置相同的PLMN ID所导致的第一DU选择终端不支持的CU接入的情况出现,进而节省空口信令开销,降低终端接入网络的时延。In another embodiment of the present application, it may be defined that the public network or NPN network corresponding to the same PLMN ID needs to be configured with the same cell identity, so that the same cell identity points to the same CU. In this way, different cell identities (that is, different CUs) configured with the same PLMN ID can be avoided, which causes the first DU to select a CU that the terminal does not support to access, thereby saving air interface signaling overhead and reducing terminal access to the network. Time delay.
以上结合附图4A~6详细介绍了本申请实施例提供的终端接入网络的方法,下面结合附图7~图17详细介绍本申请实施例中用来实现上述方法的装置。因此,上文中的内容均可以用于后续实施例中,重复的内容不再赘述。The method for terminal access to the network provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 4A to 6, and the device used to implement the foregoing method in the embodiment of the present application is described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 7-17. Therefore, all the above content can be used in the subsequent embodiments, and the repeated content will not be repeated.
基于同一技术构思,参见图7,本申请实施例提供一种无线接入网络的装置700,该装置700可以是DU,或者是DU上的装置,该装置700包括用于执行上述图4A或图4B中由第一DU所执行的方法步骤的模块。Based on the same technical concept, referring to FIG. 7, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus 700 for wireless access to a network. The apparatus 700 may be a DU or a device on the DU. Module of method steps performed by the first DU in 4B.
示例性的,装置700可以包括:Exemplarily, the apparatus 700 may include:
发送模块701,用于向已选择的第一集中式单元CU发送第一请求消息,其中所述第一请求消息用于请求将终端接入所述第一CU;The sending module 701 is configured to send a first request message to the selected first centralized unit CU, where the first request message is used to request the terminal to access the first CU;
接收模块702,用于接收来自所述第一CU的第一响应消息,其中所述第一响应消息用于指示所述装置700重新选择CU,所述第一响应消息中携带辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于辅助所述装置700重新选择CU;The receiving module 702 is configured to receive a first response message from the first CU, where the first response message is used to instruct the device 700 to reselect a CU, the first response message carries auxiliary information, and the The auxiliary information is used to assist the device 700 to reselect a CU;
处理模块703,用于根据所述辅助信息选择所述第二CU,以将所述终端通过所述第二 CU接入网络。The processing module 703 is configured to select the second CU according to the auxiliary information, so as to connect the terminal to the network through the second CU.
可选的,所述发送模块701,还用于向所述第二CU发送第二请求消息,其中所述第二请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述第二CU。Optionally, the sending module 701 is further configured to send a second request message to the second CU, where the second request message is used to request the terminal to access the second CU.
可选的,所述辅助信息中包含以下信息中的一项或多项:Optionally, the auxiliary information includes one or more of the following information:
公共陆地移动网络标识PLMN ID;Public land mobile network identification PLMN ID;
封闭访问组标识CAG ID;CAG ID of the closed access group;
所述终端的被允许接入的封闭访问组CAG列表;The CAG list of the closed access group that the terminal is allowed to access;
所述终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息。Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
可选的,所述第二请求消息中包含以下信息中的一项或多项:Optionally, the second request message includes one or more of the following information:
所述装置700的CU重选信息;CU reselection information of the device 700;
所述CAG ID;The CAG ID;
所述PLMN ID;The PLMN ID;
所述CAG列表;The CAG list;
所述终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息。Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
基于同一技术构思,参见图8,本申请实施例提供一种核心网络的装置800,该装置800可以是AMF,或者是AMF上的装置,该装置800包括用于执行上述图4A或图4B中由AMF所执行的方法步骤的模块。Based on the same technical concept, referring to FIG. 8, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus 800 for a core network. The apparatus 800 may be an AMF or an apparatus on the AMF. A module of method steps performed by AMF.
示例性的,装置800可以包括:Exemplarily, the apparatus 800 may include:
接收模块801,用于接收来自第一集中式单元CU的第三请求消息,其中所述第三请求消息用于请求将终端接入所述装置800;The receiving module 801 is configured to receive a third request message from the first centralized unit CU, where the third request message is used to request the terminal to access the device 800;
处理模块802,用于根据所述终端的签约信息判断所述第一CU不支持所述终端接入;The processing module 802 is configured to determine, according to the subscription information of the terminal, that the first CU does not support the terminal access;
发送模块803,用于向所述第一CU发送第三响应消息,所述第三响应消息用于指示所述第一DU重新选择CU,所述第三响应消息中携带辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于辅助所述第一DU重新选择CU。The sending module 803 is configured to send a third response message to the first CU, where the third response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, and the third response message carries auxiliary information, and the auxiliary The information is used to assist the first DU to reselect a CU.
可选的,所述第三请求消息中包含用于指示接入网RAN是否为CU-DU分离式架构的指示信息;Optionally, the third request message includes indication information used to indicate whether the access network RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture;
所述处理模块802,还用于根据所述指示信息确定所述RAN是否为CU-DU分离式架构;The processing module 802 is further configured to determine whether the RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture according to the indication information;
所述发送模块803用于:在所述处理模块802确定所述RAN为CU-DU分离式架构后,向所述第一CU发送第三响应消息。The sending module 803 is configured to send a third response message to the first CU after the processing module 802 determines that the RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture.
可选的,所述第三请求消息中包含所述第一DU的CU重选信息;Optionally, the third request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU;
所述处理模块802,还用于根据所述CU重选信息判断所述第一DU是否执行过CU重选,或者所述第一DU是否已执行的CU重选次数不超过预设值,或者所述第一DU连接的CU中是否还存在未选择的CU;The processing module 802 is further configured to determine, according to the CU reselection information, whether the first DU has performed CU reselection, or whether the first DU has performed CU reselection times and does not exceed a preset value, or Whether there is an unselected CU among the CUs connected to the first DU;
所述发送模块803用于:在所述处理模块802确定所述第一DU未执行过CU重选,或者所述第一DU已执行的CU重选次数不超过预设值,或者所述第一DU连接的CU中还存在未选择的CU后,向所述第一CU发送第三响应消息。The sending module 803 is configured to: the processing module 802 determines that the first DU has not performed CU reselection, or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU does not exceed a preset value, or the first DU After an unselected CU still exists among CUs connected to a DU, a third response message is sent to the first CU.
可选的,所述第三响应消息中包含以下信息中的一项或多项:Optionally, the third response message includes one or more of the following information:
公共陆地移动网络标识PLMN ID;Public land mobile network identification PLMN ID;
封闭访问组标识CAG ID;CAG ID of the closed access group;
所述终端的被允许接入的封闭访问组CAG列表;The CAG list of the closed access group that the terminal is allowed to access;
所述终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息。Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
基于同一技术构思,参见图9,本申请实施例提供一种无线接入网络的装置900,该装置900可以是CU,或者是CU上的装置,该装置900包括用于执行上述图4A或图4B中由第一CU所执行的方法步骤的模块。Based on the same technical concept, referring to FIG. 9, an embodiment of the present application provides a device 900 for wireless access to a network. The device 900 may be a CU or a device on the CU. Module of method steps executed by the first CU in 4B.
示例性的,所述装置900包括:Exemplarily, the device 900 includes:
接收模块901,用于接收来自第一DU的第一请求消息,其中所述第一请求消息用于请求将终端接入所述装置;The receiving module 901 is configured to receive a first request message from a first DU, where the first request message is used to request a terminal to access the device;
发送模块902,用于向AMF发送第三请求消息,其中所述第三请求消息用于请求将终端接入所述AMF;The sending module 902 is configured to send a third request message to the AMF, where the third request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF;
所述接收模块901,还用于接收来自所述AMF的第三响应消息,其中所述第三响应消息用于指示所述第一DU重新选择CU,所述第三响应消息中携带辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于辅助所述第一DU重新选择CU;The receiving module 901 is further configured to receive a third response message from the AMF, where the third response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, and the third response message carries auxiliary information, The auxiliary information is used to assist the first DU to reselect a CU;
所述发送模块902,还用于向所述第一DU发送第一响应消息,其中所述第一响应消息用于指示所述第一DU重新选择CU,所述第一响应消息中携带所述辅助信息。The sending module 902 is further configured to send a first response message to the first DU, where the first response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, and the first response message carries the Supplementary information.
可选的,所述辅助信息中包含以下信息中的一项或多项:公共陆地移动网络标识PLMN ID;封闭访问组标识CAG ID;所述终端的被允许接入的封闭访问组CAG列表;所述终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息。Optionally, the auxiliary information includes one or more of the following information: a public land mobile network identity PLMN ID; a closed access group identity CAG ID; a closed access group CAG list of the terminal that is allowed to access; Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
可选的,所述第三请求消息中包含用于指示接入网RAN是否为CU-DU分离式架构的指示信息。Optionally, the third request message includes indication information used to indicate whether the access network RAN has a CU-DU separated architecture.
可选的,所述第三请求消息中包含所述第一DU的CU重选信息。Optionally, the third request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU.
基于同一技术构思,参见图10,本申请实施例提供一种无线接入网络的装置1000,该装置1000可以是CU,或者是CU上的装置,该装置1000包括用于执行上述图4A或图4B中由第二CU所执行的方法步骤的模块。Based on the same technical concept, referring to FIG. 10, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus 1000 for wireless access to a network. The apparatus 1000 may be a CU or a device on the CU. Module of method steps executed by the second CU in 4B.
示例性的,所述装置1000包括:Exemplarily, the device 1000 includes:
接收模块1001,用于接收来自第一DU的第二请求消息,其中所述第二请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述装置;The receiving module 1001 is configured to receive a second request message from a first DU, where the second request message is used to request the terminal to access the device;
发送模块1002,用于向AMF发送第四请求消息,其中所述第四请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述AMF;The sending module 1002 is configured to send a fourth request message to the AMF, where the fourth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF;
所述接收模块1001,还用于接收来自所述AMF的初始上下文建立请求消息;The receiving module 1001 is further configured to receive an initial context establishment request message from the AMF;
处理模块1003,用于根据所述初始上下文建立请求消息为所述终端建立上下文。The processing module 1003 is configured to establish a context for the terminal according to the initial context establishment request message.
可选的,所述第二请求消息和/或所述第四请求消息中包含:所述第一DU的CU重选信息。Optionally, the second request message and/or the fourth request message include: CU reselection information of the first DU.
基于同一技术构思,参见图11,本申请实施例提供一种无线接入网络的装置1100,该装置1100可以是DU,或者是DU上的装置,该装置1100包括用于执行上述图5中由第一DU所执行的方法步骤的模块。Based on the same technical concept, referring to FIG. 11, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus 1100 for wireless access to a network. The apparatus 1100 may be a DU or a device on the DU. The module of the method steps performed by the first DU.
示例性的,所述装置1100包括:Exemplarily, the device 1100 includes:
处理模块1101,用于确定已选择的第一集中式单元CU上配置的公网融合的非公网络PNI-NPN网络不支持所述终端请求接入的网络;The processing module 1101 is configured to determine that the public-network-converged non-public network PNI-NPN network configured on the selected first centralized unit CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access;
发送模块1102,用于向所述第一CU发送第六请求消息,用于指示所述第一CU释放 为所述终端配置的上下文;The sending module 1102 is configured to send a sixth request message to the first CU, which is used to instruct the first CU to release the context configured for the terminal;
所述处理模块1101,还用于选择第二CU;The processing module 1101 is also used to select a second CU;
所述发送模块1102,还用于向所述第二CU发送第七请求消息,其中所述第七请求消息用于请求将终端接入所述第二CU。The sending module 1102 is further configured to send a seventh request message to the second CU, where the seventh request message is used to request the terminal to access the second CU.
可选的,所述第六请求消息中包含原因值,所述原因值用于指示所述第一CU由于不支持所述终端请求的PNI-NPN网络所以需要释放为所述终端配置的上下文。Optionally, the sixth request message includes a cause value, and the cause value is used to indicate that the first CU needs to release the context configured for the terminal because it does not support the PNI-NPN network requested by the terminal.
可选的,所述原因值包括以下信息中的一项或多项:第一CU不支持所述终端请求的封闭访问组标识CAG ID;所述第一CU不支持所述终端请求的非公网络NPN;所述第一CU不支持所述终端请求的公网融合的非公网络PNI-NPN;所述终端请求的CAG ID无效;所述终端请求的NPN无效;所述终端请求的PNI-NPN无效。Optionally, the cause value includes one or more of the following information: the first CU does not support the closed access group identification CAG ID requested by the terminal; the first CU does not support the non-public information requested by the terminal Network NPN; the first CU does not support the public network convergence non-public network PNI-NPN requested by the terminal; the CAG ID requested by the terminal is invalid; the NPN requested by the terminal is invalid; the PNI requested by the terminal NPN is invalid.
可选的,第七请求消息中包含所述装置的CU重选信息。Optionally, the seventh request message includes CU reselection information of the device.
基于同一技术构思,参见图12,本申请实施例提供一种无线接入网络的装置1200,该装置1200可以是第二CU,或者是第二CU上的装置,该装置1200包括用于执行上述图5所示方法的模块。Based on the same technical concept, referring to FIG. 12, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus 1200 for wireless access to a network. The apparatus 1200 may be a second CU or an apparatus on the second CU. The apparatus 1200 includes a device for performing the foregoing Figure 5 shows the module of the method.
示例性的,所述装置1200包括:Exemplarily, the device 1200 includes:
接收模块1201,用于接收来自第一DU的第七请求消息,其中所述第七请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述装置;The receiving module 1201 is configured to receive a seventh request message from the first DU, where the seventh request message is used to request the terminal to access the device;
发送模块1202,用于向AMF发送第九请求消息,其中所述第九请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述AMF;The sending module 1202 is configured to send a ninth request message to the AMF, where the ninth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF;
所述接收模块1201还用于,接收来自所述AMF的初始上下文建立请求消息;The receiving module 1201 is further configured to receive an initial context establishment request message from the AMF;
处理模块1203,用于根据所述初始上下文建立请求消息为所述终端建立上下文。The processing module 1203 is configured to establish a context for the terminal according to the initial context establishment request message.
基于同一技术构思,参见图13,本申请实施例提供一种核心网络的装置1300,该装置1300可以是AMF,或者是AMF上的装置,该装置1300包括用于执行上述图5中由AMF所执行的方法步骤的模块。Based on the same technical concept, referring to FIG. 13, an embodiment of the present application provides a core network device 1300. The device 1300 may be an AMF or a device on the AMF. Module of method steps to be executed.
示例性的,所述装置1300包括:Exemplarily, the device 1300 includes:
接收模块1301,用于接收来自第二CU的第九请求消息,其中所述第九请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述装置;The receiving module 1301 is configured to receive a ninth request message from the second CU, where the ninth request message is used to request the terminal to access the device;
发送模块1302,在所述第二CU支持所述终端接入时,用于向所述第二CU发送初始上下文建立请求消息。The sending module 1302 is configured to send an initial context establishment request message to the second CU when the second CU supports the terminal access.
基于同一技术构思,参见图14,本申请实施例提供一种无线接入网络的装置1400,该装置1400可以是CU,或者是CU上的装置,该装置1400包括用于执行上述图5中由第一CU所执行的方法步骤的模块。Based on the same technical concept, referring to FIG. 14, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus 1400 for wireless access to a network. The apparatus 1400 may be a CU or a device on the CU. Module of method steps executed by the first CU.
示例性的,所述装置1400包括:Exemplarily, the device 1400 includes:
接收模块1401,用于接收来自第一DU的第六请求消息,所述第六请求消息用于指示所述第一CU释放为所述终端配置的上下文;The receiving module 1401 is configured to receive a sixth request message from a first DU, where the sixth request message is used to instruct the first CU to release the context configured for the terminal;
处理模块1402,用于响应于所述第六请求消息,释放所述终端的上下文。The processing module 1402 is configured to release the context of the terminal in response to the sixth request message.
基于同一技术构思,参见图15,本申请实施例提供一种无线接入网络的装置1500,该装置1500可以是DU,或者是DU上的装置,该装置1500包括用于执行上述图6中由第一DU所执行的方法步骤的模块。Based on the same technical concept, referring to FIG. 15, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus 1500 for wireless access to a network. The apparatus 1500 may be a DU or a device on the DU. The module of the method steps performed by the first DU.
示例性的,所述装置1500包括:Exemplarily, the device 1500 includes:
处理模块1501,用于确定已选择的第一集中式单元CU上配置的公网融合的非公网络PNI-NPN网络不支持所述终端请求接入的网络;The processing module 1501 is configured to determine that the public-network-converged non-public network PNI-NPN network configured on the selected first centralized unit CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access;
发送模块1502,用于向所述第一CU发送第五请求消息,其中所述第五请求消息用于请求所述第一CU向AMF发送接入请求消息;The sending module 1502 is configured to send a fifth request message to the first CU, where the fifth request message is used to request the first CU to send an access request message to the AMF;
接收模块1503,用于接收来自所述第一CU的第五响应消息,所述第五响应消息用于指示将所述终端接入所述装置或所述第一CU上配置的其它网络。The receiving module 1503 is configured to receive a fifth response message from the first CU, where the fifth response message is used to instruct the terminal to access the device or another network configured on the first CU.
基于同一技术构思,参见图16,本申请实施例提供一种无线接入网络的装置1600,该装置1600可以是CU,或者是CU上的装置,该装置1600包括用于执行上述图6中由第一CU所执行的方法步骤的模块。Based on the same technical concept, referring to FIG. 16, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus 1600 for wireless access to a network. The apparatus 1600 may be a CU or an apparatus on the CU. Module of method steps executed by the first CU.
示例性的,所述装置1600包括:Exemplarily, the device 1600 includes:
接收模块1601,用于接收来自第一DU的第五请求消息,其中所述第五请求消息是所述第一DU确定所述第一CU上配置的公网融合的非公网络PNI-NPN网络不支持所述终端请求接入的网络时生成的,所述第五请求消息用于请求所述装置向AMF发送接入请求消息;The receiving module 1601 is configured to receive a fifth request message from a first DU, where the fifth request message is a PNI-NPN network that is a public network converged non-public network configured on the first CU as determined by the first DU Generated when the network that the terminal requests to access is not supported, the fifth request message is used to request the device to send an access request message to the AMF;
发送模块1602,用于向AMF发送第八请求消息,其中所述第八请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述AMF。The sending module 1602 is configured to send an eighth request message to the AMF, where the eighth request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF.
可选的,所述第五请求消息中包含指示信息,所述指示信息用以指示虽然所述装置不支持所述终端请求接入的网络但所述装置仍需向所述AMF发送请求接入消息。Optionally, the fifth request message includes indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that although the device does not support the network that the terminal requests to access, the device still needs to send a request for access to the AMF information.
可选的,所述第五请求消息中包含所述第一DU的CU重选信息。Optionally, the fifth request message includes CU reselection information of the first DU.
基于同一技术构思,参见图17,本申请实施例提供一种核心网络的装置1700,该装置1700可以是AMF,或者是AMF上的装置,该装置1700包括用于执行上述图6中由AMF所执行的方法步骤的模块。Based on the same technical concept, referring to FIG. 17, an embodiment of the present application provides a core network device 1700. The device 1700 may be an AMF or a device on the AMF. Module of method steps to be executed.
示例性的,所述装置1700包括:Exemplarily, the device 1700 includes:
接收模块1701,用于接收来自第一CU的第八请求消息,其中所述第八请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述装置1700,其中所述第八请求消息为所述第一CU上配置的PNI-NPN网络不支持所述终端请求接入的网络时所述第一CU生成的;The receiving module 1701 is configured to receive an eighth request message from a first CU, where the eighth request message is used to request the terminal to access the device 1700, and the eighth request message is the first Generated by the first CU when the PNI-NPN network configured on the CU does not support the network that the terminal requests to access;
处理模块1702,用于判断第一DU或第一CU上配置的其它网络是否支持终端接入,若支持,则将终端接入该其它网络。The processing module 1702 is configured to determine whether the first DU or another network configured on the first CU supports terminal access, and if it does, connect the terminal to the other network.
基于同一技术构思,参见图18,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置1800,所述装置1800包括:Based on the same technical concept, referring to FIG. 18, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device 1800, and the device 1800 includes:
至少一个处理器1801;以及,At least one processor 1801; and,
与所述至少一个处理器1801通信连接的存储器1802、通信接口1803;A memory 1802 and a communication interface 1803 that are communicatively connected with the at least one processor 1801;
其中,所述存储器1802存储有可被所述至少一个处理器1801执行的指令,所述至少一个处理器1801通过执行所述存储器1802存储的指令,执行如图4A或图4B或图5或图6所示的方法。Wherein, the memory 1802 stores instructions that can be executed by the at least one processor 1801, and the at least one processor 1801 executes the instructions stored in the memory 1802 to execute the instructions shown in FIG. 4A or FIG. 4B or FIG. 5 or FIG. The method shown in 6.
可选的,所述存储器1802位于所述装置1800之外。Optionally, the memory 1802 is located outside the device 1800.
可选的,所述装置1800包括所述存储器1802,所述存储器1802与所述至少一个处理器1801相连,所述存储器1802存储有可被所述至少一个处理器1801执行的指令。附图18用虚线表示存储器1802对于装置1800是可选的。Optionally, the device 1800 includes the memory 1802, the memory 1802 is connected to the at least one processor 1801, and the memory 1802 stores instructions that can be executed by the at least one processor 1801. FIG. 18 uses a dashed line to indicate that the memory 1802 is optional for the device 1800.
其中,所述处理器1801和所述存储器1802可以通过接口电路耦合,也可以集成在一 起,这里不做限制。Wherein, the processor 1801 and the memory 1802 may be coupled through an interface circuit, or may be integrated together, which is not limited here.
本申请实施例中不限定上述处理器1801、存储器1802以及通信接口1803之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图18中以处理器1801、存储器1802以及通信接口1803之间通过总线1804连接,总线在图18中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图18中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The specific connection medium between the aforementioned processor 1801, memory 1802, and communication interface 1803 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment of the present application in FIG. 18, the processor 1801, the memory 1802, and the communication interface 1803 are connected by a bus 1804. The bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 18. The connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration. , Is not limited. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 18 to represent it, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
应理解,本申请实施例中提及的处理器可以通过硬件实现也可以通过软件实现。当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等。当通过软件实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现。It should be understood that the processor mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by hardware or software. When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like. When implemented by software, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in the memory.
示例性的,处理器可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,CPU),还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。Exemplarily, the processor may be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), and Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) , Ready-made programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
应理解,本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Eate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should be understood that the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be a random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Eate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) And Direct Rambus RAM (DR RAM).
需要说明的是,当处理器为通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件时,存储器(存储模块)可以集成在处理器中。It should be noted that when the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware component, the memory (storage module) can be integrated in the processor.
应注意,本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should be noted that the memories described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括程序或指令,当所述程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得如图4A或图4B或图5或图6所示的方法被执行。Based on the same technical concept, the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium, including a program or instruction. When the program or instruction is run on a computer, it will be shown in FIG. 4A or FIG. 4B or FIG. 5 or FIG. The method shown is executed.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得如图4A或图4B或图5或图6所示的方法被执行。Based on the same technical concept, the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which when running on a computer, enables the method shown in FIG. 4A or FIG. 4B or FIG. 5 or FIG. 6 to be executed.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种芯片,所述芯片与存储器耦合,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,实现如图4A或图4B或图5或图6所示的方法。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, which is coupled with a memory, and is used to read and execute the program instructions stored in the memory, so as to realize the implementation shown in FIG. 4A or FIG. 4B or FIG. 5 or FIG. 6 The method shown.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,包括:Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including:
上述装置700、装置800、装置900以及装置1000;或者,The above-mentioned device 700, device 800, device 900, and device 1000; or,
上述装置1100、装置1200、装置1300以及装置1400;或者,The above-mentioned device 1100, device 1200, device 1300, and device 1400; or,
上述装置1500、装置1600以及装置1700。The above-mentioned device 1500, device 1600, and device 1700.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到装置实施例中各装置对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Among them, all relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiment can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module of each device in the device embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例是参照根据本申请实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The embodiments of the present application are described with reference to the flowcharts and/or block diagrams of the methods, equipment (systems), and computer program products according to the embodiments of the present application. It should be understood that each process and/or block in the flowchart and/or block diagram, and the combination of processes and/or blocks in the flowchart and/or block diagram can be realized by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions can be provided to the processor of a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, an embedded processor, or other programmable data processing equipment to generate a machine, so that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing equipment are used to generate It is a device that realizes the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字通用光盘(digital versatile disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be passed from a website, a computer, a server, or a data center. Wired (for example, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (for example, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to transmit to another website, computer, server, or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital versatile disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)). ))Wait.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请实施例的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the embodiments of the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the embodiments of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalent technologies, the present application also intends to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (20)

  1. 一种终端接入网络的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for a terminal to access a network, characterized in that it includes:
    第一分布式单元DU向已选择的第一集中式单元CU发送第一请求消息,其中所述第一请求消息用于请求将终端接入所述第一CU;The first distributed unit DU sends a first request message to the selected first centralized unit CU, where the first request message is used to request the terminal to access the first CU;
    所述第一DU接收来自所述第一CU的第一响应消息,所述第一响应消息用于指示所述第一DU重新选择CU,所述第一响应消息中携带辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于辅助所述第一DU重新选择CU;The first DU receives a first response message from the first CU, the first response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, the first response message carries auxiliary information, and the auxiliary The information is used to assist the first DU to reselect a CU;
    所述第一DU根据所述辅助信息选择第二CU,以将所述终端通过所述第二CU接入网络。The first DU selects a second CU according to the auxiliary information, so as to connect the terminal to the network through the second CU.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DU根据所述辅助信息选择第二CU之后,还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein after the first DU selects the second CU according to the auxiliary information, the method further comprises:
    所述第一DU向所述第二CU发送第二请求消息,其中所述第二请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述第二CU。The first DU sends a second request message to the second CU, where the second request message is used to request the terminal to access the second CU.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述辅助信息中包含以下信息中的一项或多项:The method according to claim 2, wherein the auxiliary information contains one or more of the following information:
    公共陆地移动网络标识PLMN ID;Public land mobile network identification PLMN ID;
    封闭访问组标识CAG ID;CAG ID of the closed access group;
    所述终端的被允许接入的封闭访问组CAG列表;The CAG list of the closed access group that the terminal is allowed to access;
    所述终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息。Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
  4. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二请求消息中包含以下信息中的一项或多项:The method according to claim 3, wherein the second request message contains one or more of the following information:
    所述第一DU的CU重选信息;CU reselection information of the first DU;
    所述CAG ID;The CAG ID;
    所述PLMN ID;The PLMN ID;
    所述CAG列表;The CAG list;
    所述终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息。Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
  5. 一种终端接入网络的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for a terminal to access a network, characterized in that it includes:
    接入和移动管理功能AMF接收来自第一集中式单元CU的第三请求消息,所述第三请求消息用于请求将终端接入所述AMF;The access and mobility management function AMF receives a third request message from the first centralized unit CU, where the third request message is used to request the terminal to access the AMF;
    所述AMF根据所述终端的签约信息判断所述第一CU不支持所述终端接入,所述AMF向所述第一CU发送第三响应消息,所述第三响应消息用于指示所述第一DU重新选择CU,所述第三响应消息中携带辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于辅助所述第一DU重新选择CU。The AMF judges that the first CU does not support the terminal access according to the subscription information of the terminal, the AMF sends a third response message to the first CU, and the third response message is used to indicate the The first DU reselects a CU, and the third response message carries auxiliary information, and the auxiliary information is used to assist the first DU in reselecting a CU.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三请求消息中包含用于指示无线接入网RAN是否为CU-DU分离式架构的指示信息;The method according to claim 5, wherein the third request message contains indication information for indicating whether the radio access network RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture;
    所述AMF向所述第一CU发送第三响应消息,包括:The sending of the third response message by the AMF to the first CU includes:
    所述AMF根据所述指示信息确定RAN为CU-DU分离式架构后,向所述第一CU发送第三响应消息。After determining that the RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture according to the indication information, the AMF sends a third response message to the first CU.
  7. 如权利要求5或6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三请求消息中包含所述第一DU的CU重选信息;The method according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the third request message contains CU reselection information of the first DU;
    所述AMF向所述第一CU发送第三响应消息,包括:The sending of the third response message by the AMF to the first CU includes:
    所述AMF根据所述CU重选信息确定所述第一DU未执行过CU重选,或者所述第一DU已执行的CU重选次数不超过预设值,或者所述第一DU连接的CU中还存在未选择的CU后,向所述第一CU发送所述第三响应消息。The AMF determines, according to the CU reselection information, that the first DU has not performed CU reselection, or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU does not exceed a preset value, or the first DU is connected After an unselected CU still exists in the CU, the third response message is sent to the first CU.
  8. 如权利要求5-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述辅助信息中包含以下信息中的一项或多项:The method according to any one of claims 5-7, wherein the auxiliary information contains one or more of the following information:
    公共陆地移动网络标识PLMN ID;Public land mobile network identification PLMN ID;
    封闭访问组标识CAG ID;CAG ID of the closed access group;
    所述终端的被允许接入的封闭访问组CAG列表;The CAG list of the closed access group that the terminal is allowed to access;
    所述终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息。Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
  9. 一种无线接入网络的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for wirelessly accessing a network, characterized in that it comprises:
    发送模块,用于向已选择的第一集中式单元CU发送第一请求消息,其中所述第一请求消息用于请求将终端接入所述第一CU;A sending module, configured to send a first request message to the selected first centralized unit CU, where the first request message is used to request the terminal to access the first CU;
    接收模块,用于接收来自所述第一CU的第一响应消息,其中所述第一响应消息用于指示所述装置重新选择CU,所述第一响应消息中携带辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于辅助所述装置重新选择CU;The receiving module is configured to receive a first response message from the first CU, where the first response message is used to instruct the device to reselect a CU, and the first response message carries auxiliary information, the auxiliary information Used to assist the device to reselect CU;
    处理模块,用于根据所述辅助信息选择第二CU,以将所述终端通过所述第二CU接入网络。The processing module is configured to select a second CU according to the auxiliary information, so as to connect the terminal to the network through the second CU.
  10. 如权利要求9所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送模块,还用于向所述第二CU发送第二请求消息,其中所述第二请求消息用于请求将所述终端接入所述第二CU。The apparatus according to claim 9, wherein the sending module is further configured to send a second request message to the second CU, wherein the second request message is used to request the terminal to access the station. The second CU.
  11. 如权利要求10所述的装置,其特征在于,所述辅助信息中包含以下几项中的一项或多项:The device of claim 10, wherein the auxiliary information includes one or more of the following items:
    公共陆地移动网络标识PLMN ID;Public land mobile network identification PLMN ID;
    封闭访问组标识CAG ID;CAG ID of the closed access group;
    所述终端的被允许接入的封闭访问组CAG列表;The CAG list of the closed access group that the terminal is allowed to access;
    所述终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息。Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
  12. 如权利要求11所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二请求消息中包含以下信息中的一项或多项:The device according to claim 11, wherein the second request message contains one or more of the following information:
    所述装置的CU重选信息;CU reselection information of the device;
    所述CAG ID;The CAG ID;
    所述PLMN ID;The PLMN ID;
    所述CAG列表;The CAG list;
    所述终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息。Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
  13. 一种核心网络的装置,其特征在于,包括:A core network device, characterized in that it comprises:
    接收模块,用于接收来自第一集中式单元CU的第三请求消息,其中所述第三请求消息用于请求将终端接入所述装置;A receiving module, configured to receive a third request message from the first centralized unit CU, where the third request message is used to request the terminal to access the device;
    处理模块,用于根据所述终端的签约信息判断所述第一CU不支持所述终端接入;A processing module, configured to determine, according to the subscription information of the terminal, that the first CU does not support the terminal access;
    发送模块,用于向所述第一CU发送第三响应消息,所述第三响应消息用于指示所述第一DU重新选择CU,所述第三响应消息中携带辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于辅助所述第一DU重新选择CU。The sending module is configured to send a third response message to the first CU, where the third response message is used to instruct the first DU to reselect a CU, and the third response message carries auxiliary information, the auxiliary information Used to assist the first DU to reselect a CU.
  14. 如权利要求13所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三请求消息中包含用于指示接入网RAN是否为CU-DU分离式架构的指示信息;The apparatus according to claim 13, wherein the third request message contains indication information used to indicate whether the access network RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture;
    所述处理模块,还用于根据所述指示信息确定所述RAN是否为CU-DU分离式架构;The processing module is further configured to determine whether the RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture according to the indication information;
    所述发送模块用于:在所述处理模块确定所述RAN为CU-DU分离式架构后,向所述第一CU发送第三响应消息。The sending module is configured to send a third response message to the first CU after the processing module determines that the RAN is a CU-DU separated architecture.
  15. 如权利要求13或14所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三请求消息中包含所述第一DU的CU重选信息;The apparatus according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the third request message contains CU reselection information of the first DU;
    所述处理模块,还用于根据所述CU重选信息判断所述第一DU是否执行过CU重选,或者所述第一DU是否已执行的CU重选次数不超过预设值,或者所述第一DU连接的CU中是否还存在未选择的CU;The processing module is further configured to determine, according to the CU reselection information, whether the first DU has performed CU reselection, or whether the first DU has performed CU reselection times and does not exceed a preset value, or Whether there is an unselected CU among the CUs connected to the first DU;
    所述发送模块用于:在所述处理模块确定所述第一DU未执行过CU重选,或者所述第一DU已执行的CU重选次数不超过预设值,或者所述第一DU连接的CU中还存在未选择的CU后,向所述第一CU发送第三响应消息。The sending module is configured to: the processing module determines that the first DU has not performed CU reselection, or the number of CU reselections performed by the first DU does not exceed a preset value, or the first DU After there is an unselected CU among the connected CUs, a third response message is sent to the first CU.
  16. 如权利要求13-15任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三响应消息中包含以下信息中的一项或多项:The device according to any one of claims 13-15, wherein the third response message contains one or more of the following information:
    公共陆地移动网络标识PLMN ID;Public land mobile network identification PLMN ID;
    封闭访问组标识CAG ID;CAG ID of the closed access group;
    所述终端的被允许接入的封闭访问组CAG列表;The CAG list of the closed access group that the terminal is allowed to access;
    所述终端是否只能接入CAG小区的指示信息。Indication information of whether the terminal can only access the CAG cell.
  17. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the device comprises:
    至少一个处理器;以及,At least one processor; and,
    与所述至少一个处理器通信连接的存储器、通信接口;A memory and a communication interface communicatively connected with the at least one processor;
    其中,所述存储器存储有可被所述至少一个处理器执行的指令,所述至少一个处理器通过执行所述存储器存储的指令,执行如权利要求1-4或5-8中任一项所述的方法。Wherein, the memory stores instructions that can be executed by the at least one processor, and the at least one processor executes the instructions as described in any one of claims 1-4 or 5-8 by executing the instructions stored in the memory. The method described.
  18. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括程序或指令,当所述程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得如权利要求1-4或5-8中任一项所述的方法被执行。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising a program or instruction, when the program or instruction runs on a computer, the method according to any one of claims 1-4 or 5-8 is executed .
  19. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当其在计算机上运行时,使得如权利要求1-4或5-8中任一项所述的方法被执行。A computer program product, characterized in that when it runs on a computer, the method according to any one of claims 1-4 or 5-8 is executed.
  20. 一种芯片,其特征在于,所述芯片与存储器耦合,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,实现如权利要求1-4或5-8中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that the chip is coupled with a memory, and is used to read and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement the method according to any one of claims 1-4 or 5-8.
PCT/CN2021/074698 2020-05-18 2021-02-01 Method and apparatus for terminal to access network WO2021232852A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010421420.2A CN113692063A (en) 2020-05-18 2020-05-18 Method and device for accessing terminal to network
CN202010421420.2 2020-05-18

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021232852A1 true WO2021232852A1 (en) 2021-11-25

Family

ID=78575688

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/074698 WO2021232852A1 (en) 2020-05-18 2021-02-01 Method and apparatus for terminal to access network

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113692063A (en)
WO (1) WO2021232852A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114339841B (en) * 2022-01-05 2023-09-26 深圳渊联技术有限公司 Private network 5G base station, 5G network, 5G communication method and storage medium
CN116567606A (en) * 2022-01-29 2023-08-08 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and related device
CN114900792A (en) * 2022-06-14 2022-08-12 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Communication method, terminal, base station device, campus communication system, and storage medium
CN115811724B (en) * 2022-11-22 2024-04-09 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Data transmission method, device, electronic equipment and storage medium

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108924886A (en) * 2017-04-25 2018-11-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Message method and device, the first centralized network element
CN108924894A (en) * 2017-04-11 2018-11-30 华为技术有限公司 A kind of motion management method, access network equipment and terminal device
CN109548037A (en) * 2017-08-01 2019-03-29 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 A kind of control method, distributed unit, centralized unit and storage medium
CN110324867A (en) * 2018-03-31 2019-10-11 华为技术有限公司 A kind of communication means and device
WO2020070720A1 (en) * 2018-10-04 2020-04-09 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Redirection mechanism to support network sharing/slicing with cu-du split

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108924894A (en) * 2017-04-11 2018-11-30 华为技术有限公司 A kind of motion management method, access network equipment and terminal device
CN108924886A (en) * 2017-04-25 2018-11-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Message method and device, the first centralized network element
CN109548037A (en) * 2017-08-01 2019-03-29 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 A kind of control method, distributed unit, centralized unit and storage medium
CN110324867A (en) * 2018-03-31 2019-10-11 华为技术有限公司 A kind of communication means and device
WO2020070720A1 (en) * 2018-10-04 2020-04-09 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Redirection mechanism to support network sharing/slicing with cu-du split

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ANONYMOUS: "3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Radio Access Network; NG-RAN; Architecture description (Release 15)", 3GPP STANDARD; TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION; 3GPP TS 38.401, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), vol. RAN WG3, no. V15.6.0, 13 July 2019 (2019-07-13), pages 1 - 46, XP051754689 *
ERICSSON ET AL.: "RAN sharing with multiple Cell ID broadcast", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG3 MEETING #104 R3-193259, 18 May 2019 (2019-05-18), XP051740817 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113692063A (en) 2021-11-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11729700B2 (en) Communication related to network slice information
US11576080B2 (en) Radio access network node, core network node, radio terminal, and methods therefor
US20240172070A1 (en) Method and device for effectively performing standby mode operation in next generation mobile communication system
EP3573376B1 (en) Device and method of handling mobility between long-term evolution network and fifth generation network
WO2021232852A1 (en) Method and apparatus for terminal to access network
US10492127B2 (en) Wireless communications access method, apparatus, processor, and wireless terminal
US20230069252A1 (en) Communication Method and Communication Apparatus
WO2018137637A1 (en) Method and device for accessing target cell
JP6651633B2 (en) Data scheduling method, base station and system
US20210204194A1 (en) Network element selection method and apparatus
EP2810461B1 (en) System and method for partner network sharing architecture
JP7147830B2 (en) Wireless terminal and method
US20220225272A1 (en) Paging method and apparatus
WO2020135850A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN104185227A (en) CSG access control method and system under double connection framework
US20220394608A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2021203827A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2020221223A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
WO2021168647A1 (en) Method for providing network slice, and communication apparatus
US20230199709A1 (en) Information processing method, terminal device, and network device
CN112866982B (en) Paging method and device
TWI670985B (en) Device and method of handling a dual connectivity
WO2020097928A1 (en) Network access method and device
EP3955614A1 (en) Communication method and device
US20160143081A1 (en) Method for configuring dual connectivity for terminal by base station in wireless communication system and apparatus for same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21809845

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21809845

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1